PROPOSED RULES
Original Notice.
Preproposal statement of inquiry was filed as WSR 12-03-111.
Title of Rule and Other Identifying Information: Adoption and amendment of the 2012 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) (Commercial), chapter 51-11C WAC.
Hearing Location(s): Center Place Event Center, 2426 North Discovery Place, Spokane Valley, WA 99216, on September 14, 2012, at 10 a.m.; and at the DES Presentation Room, 1500 Jefferson S.E., Olympia, WA 98504, on September 21, 2012, at 10 a.m.
Date of Intended Adoption: November 9, 2012.
Submit Written Comments to: Ray Allshouse, Chair, State Building Code Council (SBCC), P.O. Box 41449, Olympia, WA 98504-1449, e-mail sbcc@ga.wa.gov, fax (360) 586-9088, by September 21, 2012.
Assistance for Persons with Disabilities: Contact Peggy Bryden by September 7, 2012, (360) 407-9280.
Purpose of the Proposal and Its Anticipated Effects, Including Any Changes in Existing Rules: The proposed rules adopt the 2012 edition of the IECC with amendments to incorporate requirements from the 2009 Washington State Energy Code, increase clarity, and increase energy efficiency as required in RCW 19.27A.160. As part of this adoption, the Energy Code is recodified as two separate WACs: Chapter 51-11R WAC for residential requirements and chapter 51-11C WAC for commercial requirements.
Summary of Proposed Changes:
1. Change of Scope. With the adoption of the 2012 IECC, the definition of "commercial" has changed. Chapter 51-11C WAC now applies to all buildings other than detached one- and two-family dwellings, townhouses AND Group R-2 and R-3 buildings three stories or less.
2. Climate Zones. The climate zones in the Energy Code have changed to reflect those of the IECC. Washington state is now comprised of three climate zones: Climate Zone 4 Marine, Climate Zone 5, and Climate Zone 6. For the residential code, Climate Zones 4 Marine and 5 share the same requirements. See Table R301.1 for a county by county breakdown of climate zones.
3. Existing Buildings (C101.4.4). The IECC requires that when a building changes use or occupancy type to one that uses more energy, the building must comply with the whole code. If that change involves a change in the lighting power density category, the lighting must comply with the new LPD.
4. Envelope Requirements. Two options are provided for the prescriptive envelope and assembly tables (C402.1.2, C402.2). The first includes the unamended IECC requirements for mass walls (U-0.078); the second includes a median value (U-0.104) between the current WSEC mass wall requirement (U-0.32) and the IECC requirement in climate zone 5/Marine 4 as well as clarification on where it may be used. The remaining values are the same in both options. Due to the shift in climate zones, some values were increased from requirements in WSEC CZ1 and decreased in some of WSEC CZ2 (see walls, metal building, steel-frame and wood frame). Footnote f was added to Table C402.2, providing guidance on clips or other attachments for insulation not considered continuous.
5. Glazing. The U-factor for nonmetal windows was reduced to 0.30 and for metal windows to 0.38 (Table C402.3). The prescriptive glazing limit is reduced from forty percent to thirty percent (C402.3.1). Skylights are required in spaces over 10,000 sq. ft. with fifteen ft. ceiling height (C402.3.1) -- Climate Zone 6 is exempt from this requirement. Skylights in most commercial occupancies are required to have a glazing material or diffuser wih a measured haze factor greater than ninety percent (C402.3.2.2).
6. Air Leakage Requirements. The IECC requires a continuous air barrier throughout all buildings, not just those over five stories (C402.4.1). Three options are provided for showing compliance: Using approved, tested materials listed in C402.4.1.2.1; using approved, tested assemblies listed in C402.4.1.2.2; or performing a building test under ASTM E 779 or equivalent method. Motorized dampers must have a maximum leakage rate of 4 CFM/sq. ft. (C402.4.5.2). Vestibules are required at most entrance doors (C402.4.7), unless under four stories and less than 10,000 sq. ft. Requirements for sealing medium pressure duct system was added (C403.2.7.3.2).
7. Refrigerated Warehouses. The proposed amendment to the IECC includes requirements for all refrigerated warehouses (C402.6) to meet the federal standards. (Federal standards currently apply only to buildings under 3,000 sq. ft.)
8. Mechanical Requirements. The definition of a simple system has changed; now a single zone controlled by a single thermostat (C403.3). All other systems must follow complex system path (C403.4). Several exceptions have been removed from the economizer requirements (WSEC exceptions 1, 3 and 4) for complex systems (C403.4.1). An exception is added for simple systems for VRF air source heat pumps (C403.3.1).
Hydronic heat pumps are required to have controls to limit reheating and recooling of hydronic fluid (C403.4.3). The heat exchanger is also required to isolate he [the] cooling tower (C403.4.3.3).
Packaged terminal heat pumps less than two tons are exempt from the requirement for microprocessor controls (C403.2.4.1).
The exception has been removed that allowed certain health care occupancies to use constant volume systems (C403.4.5). Large single-zone fan systems are required to use variable speed drives (C403.2.12.2). Requirements for fan power limitation are included in the IECC (C403.2.10.1).
Garage ventilation systems now include requirements for NO2 detectors (C403.2.5.3).
An exception for multifamily residential was added to the energy recovery ventilation requirements (C403.2.6), along with systems with less than seventy percent outdoor air.
Motors under 1 hp are now required to be ECM in most cases (C403.2.10).
Equipment efficiencies were updated to latest standards (Tables C403.2.3 (1) through (8)).
The IECC carries requirements for snow melt systems (C403.2.4.5).
9. Service Water. Pool heaters are required to be equipped with time switches (C404.10.2). Minimum pipe insulation requirements are now one inch.
10. Lighting Requirements. Parking garages now require daylighting controls (see definition of daylight zone and C405.2.2.3). Controls are required to allow for fifty percent lighting reduction in spaces without daylight or occupant controls (C405.2.1.2). Occupancy sensors are specified for more areas, including restrooms and janitor closets (C405.2.2.2). Controls are required to automatically shut off emergency lighting when space is unoccupied (C405.2.3). LPA is reduced to match ASHRAE 90.1 and includes both building area and space by space tables (C405.5.2).
11. Escalators and Moving Walks. Requirements for variable speed function and regenerative drives are included (C405.10).
12. Additional Energy Efficiency Requirements. Section C406 contains options for additional efficiency requirements all buildings must meet. There are four options in the amended version of the IECC: Efficient HVAC system; enhanced lighting controls; site generated renewable energy; and efficient building envelope.
13. Total Building Performance. (C407) The amended version of the IECC is less stringent than the model code in that the requirement for total building performance is ninety percent of the baseline building energy use rather than eighty-five percent.
14. Commissioning. HVAC commissioning is required for all complex systems and any simple system with an economizer or a building total mechanical equipment capacity over 480,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and 600,000 Btu/h heating capacity (C408.2). All lighting systems require functional testing (C408.3). Service water heating commissioning is required for buildings with a system capacity over 200,000 Btu/h (C408.4). All metering systems require commissioning (C408.5).
15. Energy Metering. Metering requirements (energy source meters (C409.2) and submeters for HVAC systems and water heating (C409.3)) are added for buildings over 20,000 square feet.
To review a copy of the commercial IECC with all changes to the model code marked, see https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/apps/SBCC/File.ashx?cid=2259. Changes to incorporate 2009 WSEC provisions are shown in black strikethrough/underline formatting, while changes from code change proposals received are shown in track changes mode.
General layout of 2012 IECC:
Chapter 1: Scope, Admin and Enforcement
Chapter 2: Definitions
Chapter 3: General requirements
C301 - Climate Zones
C302 - Design Conditions
C303 - Materials, Systems and Equip
Chapter 4: Residential Energy Efficiency
C401 - General Requirements
C402 - Building Envelope Requirements
C403 - Building Mechanical Systems
C404 - Service Water Heating
C405 - Electrical Power and Lighting
C406 - Additional Energy Efficiency Requirements
C407 - Total Building Performance
C408 - System Commissioning
C409 - Energy Metering and Energy Consumption Mgmt
Chapter 5: Reference Standards
Appendix A: Default Heat Loss Coefficients (WSEC Ch. 10)
Appendix B: Default Internal Loads and Schedules (WSEC RS 29)
Appendix C: Exterior Design Conditions
Reasons Supporting Proposal: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.160.
Statutory Authority for Adoption: RCW 19.27A.020, 19.27A.025, 19.27A.045, 19.27A.160.
Statute Being Implemented: Chapters 19.27, 19.27A and 34.05 RCW.
Rule is not necessitated by federal law, federal or state court decision.
Agency Comments or Recommendations, if any, as to Statutory Language, Implementation, Enforcement, and Fiscal Matters: The council is seeking comments on the issues proposed in the rules shown below.
Name of Proponent: SBCC, governmental.
Name of Agency Personnel Responsible for Drafting and Implementation: Krista Braaksma, 1500 Jefferson S.E., P.O. Box 41449, Olympia, WA, (360) 407-9278.
A small business economic impact statement has been prepared under chapter 19.85 RCW.
Impact on Small Business: The SBCC council is filing a proposed rule to adopt the 2012 edition of the IECC with state amendments (chapter 51-11 WAC). Since 1989 the SBCC has been responsible for updating the state energy code to improve energy efficiency in buildings, as required by chapter 19.27A RCW, and more recently has been tasked by the legislature to meet advanced energy efficiency targets. The council and its Energy Code technical advisory group have proposed about one hundred seventy-five amendments to this model code. These amendments were created to (1) maintain the stringency of the 2009 State Energy Code, (2) clarify and coordinate code requirements and (3) achieve legislatively mandated improvements in the energy efficiency of buildings.
The council has identified twenty-four of these state amendments that have economic impact. In addition, the model code itself contains another thirty provisions that are more stringent than the current state code.
A technical advisory group (TAG) was appointed by the council to review and amend the 2012 IECC. The TAG included all sectors of the construction industry and regulatory community, including small businesses. A paragraph-by-paragraph review of the entire code was undertaken, and the IECC was modified with existing Washington state requirements where those were more stringent or more clearly worded. The TAG and council then reviewed each of the one hundred seventy-one new amendments proposed by the public, and in some cases made extensive modifications to those proposals. All TAG meetings were open to the public, and small businesses participated actively in the process.
The majority of the amendments to the new code provide more clarity and consistency, which will streamline compliance for all stakeholders. However, the transition to the new code will require some general expenditures for design and construction businesses during the transition period, including small businesses. The degree of these impacts will diminish during the code cycle as rules become familiar and construction practices adjust. Where a code requirement increases the cost of a service or material, those businesses may see decreased revenue. Conversely, where a code requirement requires additional services or building materials, the businesses supplying those services and materials may see increased revenue.
The Cost Impact on Small Businesses Compared to the Largest Businesses in the State Will Not Be Disproportionate: Each aspect of the new code was discussed and debated in the TAG and at the council, both of which worked to mitigate the cost and maximize the energy savings of each provision. Wherever small businesses appeared to be disproportionately impacted by a code provision, the code was modified to mitigate or eliminate that difference.
The council has found that in a competitive bidding climate, construction costs per square foot are similar between large and small industry firms. The cost to businesses of building permit plan review and inspection will not be affected by adoption of the new edition.
The impact on jobs is anticipated to be neutral or slightly positive for construction industry workers.
Section I: Introduction/Compliance with the Rules: For a complete list of all state amendments contained in the proposed 2012 WSEC see this link: https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/apps/sbcc/Page.aspx?nid=116.
The primary change from the current code is adoption of a national model code, the 2012 IECC. Use of a national standard in place of a unique state code will generally simplify compliance and make more code resources available for practitioners. Most of the one hundred seventy-five proposed amendments to this code coordinate and clarify the rules, reducing the cost of compliance. Others transfer existing and familiar provisions from the existing state energy code into the amended IECC, and are thus cost neutral. A third category of amendments are intended to optimize energy efficiency. These typically decrease energy use in the building, and thus pay for their increased construction costs over time.
Beyond expenses related to the transition to the new code format, there will be little or no additional expenses related to reporting, recordkeeping or administrative code compliance paperwork. Where TAG members noted ambiguity or unwarranted complexity, the proposed code provision was modified to mitigate such difficulties. Local code officials were represented at all TAG meetings and actively intervened to ensure that plan review and field inspection work was not made more complicated or difficult than it is under the current code.
Section II: Compliance Costs for Washington Businesses: The 2012 IECC and the proposed amendments do contain significant new requirements, requiring additional expenditures by building owners. These construction costs will typically be offset by energy savings during the life of the building. The council identified the provisions as impacting construction cost and savings in comparison with the current Energy Code, as listed in Appendix A - see https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/apps/SBCC/File.ashx?cid=2282.
Section III: Analysis of Proportionate Impact on Small Businesses:
The Impact on Small Businesses as Compared with the Largest Businesses in the State Will Not Be Disproportionate: The majority of Washington state firms in the design and construction fields qualify as small businesses. In some cases, larger firms may be able to negotiate lower costs for materials and subcontracts than smaller firms. In other cases, smaller firms are able to be more competitive due to lower overhead costs. Apart from those general trends however, construction is a competitive marketplace where specific contracts are won without regard to the number of employees on the bidder's staff. For this reason, the incremental costs of meeting the 2012 energy code are generally proportionate between large and small businesses.
Section IV: Small Business Involvement and Impact Reduction Efforts:
Actions Taken to Reduce the Impact of the Rule on Small Businesses: The TAG identified specific amendments with a cost impact and modified the code to reduce the impact while maintaining the intent of the code. Where the SBCC found the cost of compliance for small businesses to be disproportionate, the proposed rule mitigates the cost. The proposed rule includes a definition of small business and provides exceptions for compliance with the updated regulation.
Involvement of Small Business in the Development of the Proposed Rules: A TAG composed of representatives from all sectors of industry and government reviewed the proposed changes to the 2012 WSEC.
For a directory of TAG members see https://fortress.wa.gov/ga/apps/sbcc/Page.aspx?nid=116.
Section V: Number of Affected Businesses in Washington:
Type of Business | NAICS CODE # |
# IN STATE (UP TO 49 Employees) |
# IN STATE (50 OR MORE Employees) |
Homebuilders | 236115 | 3985 | 12 |
Multifamily Housing Construction | 236116 | 77 | 0 |
Residential Remodelers | 236118 | 3468 | 1 |
Industrial Building Construction | 236210 | 89 | 6 |
Commercial and Institutional Building Construction | 236220 | 1305 | 40 |
Roofing Contractors | 238160 | 973 | 7 |
Wood Window and Door Manufacturing | 321911 | 39 | 2 |
Masonry Contractors | 238140 | 572 | 1 |
Plumbing, Heating, Air Conditioning Contractors | 238220 | 2319 | 48 |
Insulation Contractors | 238310 | 1006 | 12 |
Architects | 541310 | 602 | 16 |
Engineers | 541330 | 1665 | 96 |
The construction industry continues to experience slow growth. Employment in all sectors impacts activity in the construction sector. According to Washington Occupational Employment Projections, posted by the department of employment security, the total number of construction trade workers statewide was 124,612 in the second quarter of 2011. There is an estimated increase of 0.6 percent by the second quarter of 2013, for a total number of construction trade workers of 126,093. Specialty trades show a similar pattern of slow growth by the second quarter of 2013:
• Carpenters | 33,821 | +0.4% |
• Construction laborers | 16,592 | +0.5% |
• Plumbers, pipefitters | 8,885 | +0.3% |
A copy of the statement may be obtained by contacting Tim Nogler, SBCC, P.O. Box 41449, Olympia, WA 98504-1449, phone (360) 407-9280, fax (360) 586-9088, e-mail sbcc@ga.wa.gov.
A cost-benefit analysis is not required under RCW 34.05.328. The SBCC is not one of the agencies identified as required to prepare an analysis. However, the council intends to prepare an analysis prior to the final adoption of these rules and a copy can be requested using the same information as provided for the small business economic impact statement.
July 31, 2012
C. Ray Allshouse
Council Chair
OTS-4907.1
STATE BUILDING CODE ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF THE 2012 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, COMMERCIAL
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-10100
Section C101 -- Scope and general
requirements.
C101.1 Title. This code shall be known as the International
Energy Conservation Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], and shall be
cited as such. It is referred to herein as "this code."
C101.2 Scope. This code applies to commercial buildings and
the buildings sites and associated systems and equipment.
EXCEPTION: | The provisions of this code do not apply to temporary growing structures used solely for the commercial production of horticultural plants including ornamental plants, flowers, vegetables, and fruits. "Temporary growing structure" means a structure that has the sides and roof covered with polyethylene, polyvinyl, or similar flexible synthetic material and is used to provide plants with either frost protection or increased heat retention. A temporary growing structure is not considered a building for purposes of this code. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-10140
Section C101.4 -- Applicability.
C101.4 Applicability. Where, in any specific case, different
sections of this code specify different materials, methods of
construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall
govern. Where there is a conflict between a general
requirement and a specific requirement, the specific
requirement shall govern.
C101.4.1 Existing buildings. Except as specified in this
chapter, this code shall not be used to require the removal,
alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the continued use
and maintenance of, an existing building or building system
lawfully in existence at the time of adoption of this code.
C101.4.2 Historic buildings. The building official may modify
the specific requirements of this code for historic buildings
and require in lieu of alternate requirements which will
result in a reasonable degree of energy efficiency. This
modification may be allowed for those buildings or structures
that are listed in the state or national register of historic
places; designated as a historic property under local or state
designation law or survey; certified as a contributing
resource with a national register listed or locally designated
historic district; or with an opinion or certification that
the property is eligible to be listed on the national or state
registers of historic places either individually or as a
contributing building to a historic district by the state
historic preservation officer or the keeper of the national
register of historic places.
C101.4.3 Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs.
Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs to an existing
building, building system or portion thereof shall conform to
the provisions of this code as they relate to new construction
without requiring the unaltered portion(s) of the existing
building or building system to comply with this code.
Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall not
create an unsafe or hazardous condition or overload existing
building systems. An addition shall be deemed to comply with
this code if the addition alone complies or if the existing
building and addition comply with this code as a single
building.
EXCEPTION: | The following need not comply provided the energy use of the building is not increased: |
1. Storm windows installed over existing fenestration. | |
2. Glass only replacements in an existing sash and frame. | |
3. Existing ceiling, wall or floor cavities exposed during construction provided that these cavities are insulated to full depth with insulation having a minimum nominal value of R-3.0 per inch installed per Section C402. | |
4. Construction where the existing roof, wall or floor cavity is not exposed. | |
5. Reroofing for roofs where neither the sheathing nor the insulation is exposed. Roofs without insulation in the cavity and where the sheathing or insulation is exposed during reroofing shall be insulated either above or below the sheathing. | |
6. Replacement of existing doors that separate conditioned space from the exterior shall not require the installation of a vestibule or revolving door, provided, however, that an existing vestibule that separates a conditioned space from the exterior shall not be removed. | |
7. Alterations that replace less than 50 percent of the luminaires in a space, provided that such alterations do not increase the installed interior lighting power. | |
8. Alterations that replace only the bulb and ballast within the existing luminaires in a space provided that the alteration does not increase the installed interior lighting power. |
Where new wiring is being installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures are being relocated to a new circuit, controls shall comply with Sections C405.2.1, C405.2.2.3, C405.2.3, C405.3.4, and as applicable C408.3. In addition, office areas less than 300 ft2 enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section C405.2.2 and C408.3. Where a new lighting panel (or a moved lighting panel) with all new raceway and conductor wiring from the panel to the fixtures is being installed, controls shall also comply with the other requirements in Sections C405.2.2 and C408.3.
Where new walls or ceiling-height partitions are added to an existing space and create a new enclosed space, but the lighting fixtures are not being changed, other than being relocated, the new enclosed space shall have controls that comply with Sections C405.2.1, C 405.2.2, C405.2.3 and C408.3.
Those motors which are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C403.2.13.
C101.4.3.2 Mechanical systems. Those parts of systems which
are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C403.
Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing
mechanical system that will cause the existing mechanical
system to become out of compliance.
All new systems in existing buildings, including packaged unitary equipment and packaged split systems, shall comply with Section C403.
Where mechanical cooling is added to a space that was not previously cooled, the mechanical cooling system shall comply with the economizer requirements in Section C403.3.1 or C403.4.1.
EXCEPTION: | Alternate designs that are not in full compliance with this code may be approved when the building official determines that existing building or occupancy constraints make full compliance impractical or where full compliance would be economically impractical. |
When space cooling equipment is replaced, controls shall be installed to provide for integrated operation with economizer in accordance with Section C403.3.
Existing equipment currently in use may be relocated within the same floor or same tenant space if removed and reinstalled within the same permit.
C101.4.4 Change in occupancy or use. Spaces undergoing a
change in occupancy that would result in an increase in demand
for either fossil fuel or electrical energy shall comply with
this code. Any space that is converted to a residential
dwelling unit or portion thereof, from another use or
occupancy shall comply with this code. Where the use in a
space changes from one use in Table C405.5.2 (1) or (2) to
another use in Table C405.5.2 (1) or (2), the installed
lighting wattage shall comply with Section C405.5.
C101.4.5 Change in space conditioning. Any nonconditioned
space that is altered to become conditioned space shall be
required to be brought into full compliance with this code.
C101.4.6 Mixed occupancy. Where a building includes both
residential and commercial occupancies, each occupancy shall
be separately considered and meet the applicable provisions of
IECC -- Commercial Provisions or IECC -- Residential Provisions.
[]
Economizer Compliance Options for Mechanical Alterations
Option A | Option B (alternate to A) |
Option C (alternate to A) |
Option D (alternate to A) |
|
Unit Type | Any alteration with new or replacement equipment | Replacement unit of the same type with the same or smaller output capacity | Replacement unit of the same type with a larger output capacity | New equipment added to existing system or replacement unit of a different type |
1. Packaged Units | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 3 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 3 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 |
2. Split Systems | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capability |
Only for new units < 54,000 Btuh replacing unit installed prior to 1991 (one of two): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: 50%6 |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 |
For units > 54,000
Btuh or any units
installed after 1991: Option A |
||||
3. Water Source Heat Pump | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
(two of three): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Flow control valve7 Economizer: 50%6 |
(three of three): Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Flow control valve7 Economizer: 50%6 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
4. Hydronic Economizer using Air-Cooled Heat Rejection Equipment (Dry Cooler) | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332 |
Efficiency: + 10/5%5 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Option A | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: 14332, 4 |
5. Air-Handling Unit (including fan coil units) where the system has an air-cooled chiller | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) | Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8) |
6. Air- Handling Unit (including fan coil units) and Water-cooled Process Equipment, where the system has a water-cooled chiller10 | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Option A (except for certain pre-1991 systems8 and certain 1991-2004 systems9) |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 (except for certain pre-1991 systems8 and certain 1991-2004 systems9) |
7. Cooling Tower | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
No requirements | Option A | Option A |
8. Air-Cooled Chiller | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Efficiency: + 5%11 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency (two of two): (1) + 10%12 and (2) multistage Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 |
9. Water- Cooled Chiller |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Efficiency (one of
two): (1) + 10%13 or
(2) plate-frame heat
exchanger15 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency (two of
two): (1) + 15%14 and
(2) plate-frame heat
exchanger15 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 |
10. Boiler | Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12 |
Efficiency: + 8%16 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: + 8%16 Economizer: Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity |
Efficiency: min.1 Economizer: C403.4.12, 4 |
1 | Minimum equipment efficiency shall comply with Section C403.2.3 and Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9). |
2 | System and building shall comply with Section C403.4.1 (including both the individual unit size limits and the total building capacity limits on units without economizer). It is acceptable to comply using one of the exceptions to Section C403.4.1. |
3 | All equipment replaced in an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections C403.3.1 and C403.4.1 unless both the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in Exception 1 to Section C403.3.1. |
4 | All separate new equipment added to an existing building shall have air economizer complying with Sections C403.3.1 and C403.4.1 unless both the individual unit size and the total capacity of units without air economizer in the building is less than that allowed in Exception 1 to Section C403.4.1. |
5 | Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency: |
a. | For units with a cooling capacity below 54,000 Btuh, a minimum of 10% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.10 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)). |
b. | For units with a cooling capacity of 54,000 Btuh and greater, a minimum of 5% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.05 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)). |
6 | Minimum of 50% air economizer that is ducted in a fully enclosed path directly to every heat pump unit in each zone, except that ducts may terminate within 12 inches of the intake to an HVAC unit provided that they are physically fastened so that the outside air duct is directed into the unit intake. If this is an increase in the amount of outside air supplied to this unit, the outside air supply system shall be capable of providing this additional outside air and equipped with economizer control. |
7 | Have flow control valve to eliminate flow through the heat pumps that are not in operation with variable speed pumping control complying with Section C403.4.3 for that heat pump. |
– When the total capacity of all units with flow control valves exceeds 15% of the total system capacity, a variable frequency drive shall be installed on the main loop pump. | |
– As an alternate to this requirement, have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 5% greater than the requirements in note 5 (i.e., a minimum of 15%/10% greater than the requirements in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.15/1.10 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)). | |
8 | Systems installed prior to 1991 without fully utilized capacity are allowed to comply with Option B, provided that the individual unit cooling capacity does not exceed 90,000 Btuh. |
9 | Economizer not required for systems installed with water economizer plate and frame heat exchanger complying with previous codes between 1991 and June 2013, provided that the total fan coil load does not exceed the existing or added capacity of the heat exchangers. |
10 | For water-cooled process equipment where the manufacturers' specifications require colder temperatures than available with waterside economizer, that portion of the load is exempt from the economizer requirements. |
11 | The air-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 5% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.2.3(7) (1.05 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)). |
12 | The air-cooled chiller shall: |
a. | Have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.2.3(7) (1.10 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)); and |
b. | Be multistage with a minimum of two compressors. |
13 | The water-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.2.3(7) (1.10 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)). |
14 | The water-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 15% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.2.3(7), (1.15 x IPLV values in Table C403.2.3(7)). |
15 | Economizer cooling shall be provided by adding a plate-frame heat exchanger on the waterside with a capacity that is a minimum of 20% of the chiller capacity at standard AHRI rating conditions. |
16 | The replacement boiler shall have an efficiency that is a minimum of 8% higher than the value in Table C403.2.3(5) (1.08 x value in Table C403.2.3(5)), except for electric boilers. |
[]
C101.5 Compliance. Residential buildings shall meet the
provisions of IECC -- Residential Provisions. Commercial
buildings shall meet the provisions of IECC -- Commercial
Provisions.
C101.5.1 Compliance materials. The code official shall be
permitted to approve specific computer software, worksheets,
compliance manuals and other similar materials that meet the
intent of this code.
C101.5.2 Low energy-buildings. The following buildings, or
portions thereof, separated from the remainder of the building
by building thermal envelope assemblies complying with this
code shall be exempt from the wall insulation provisions of
this code:
1. Those with a peak design rate of energy usage less than 3.4 Btu/h • ft2 (10.7 W/m2) or 1.0 watt/ft2 (10.7 W/m2) of floor area for space conditioning purposes.
2. Those that do not contain conditioned space.
3. Greenhouses isolated from any conditioned space and not intended for occupancy.
[]
C102.1 General. This code is not intended to prevent the use
of any material, method of construction, design or insulating
system not specifically prescribed herein, provided that such
construction, design or insulating system has been approved by
the code official as meeting the intent of this code.
[]
C103.1 General. Construction documents and other supporting
data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each
application for a permit. The construction documents shall be
prepared by a registered design professional where required by
the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed. Where special conditions exist, the code
official is authorized to require necessary construction
documents to be prepared by a registered design professional.
EXCEPTION: | The code official is authorized to waive the requirements for construction documents or other supporting data if the code official determines they are not necessary to confirm compliance with this code. |
C103.3 Examination of documents. The code official shall
examine or cause to be examined the accompanying construction
documents and shall ascertain whether the construction
indicated and described is in accordance with the requirements
of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances.
C103.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the code
official issues a permit where construction documents are
required, the construction documents shall be endorsed in
writing and stamped "Reviewed for Code Compliance." Such
approved construction documents shall not be changed, modified
or altered without authorization from the code official. Work
shall be done in accordance with the approved construction
documents.
One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the code official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the code official or a duly authorized representative.
C103.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require
changes in the construction documents, construction or
designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit
has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized,
and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith
within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has
not been abandoned.
C103.3.3 Phased approval. The code official shall have the
authority to issue a permit for the construction of part of an
energy conservation system before the construction documents
for the entire system have been submitted or approved,
provided adequate information and detailed statements have
been filed complying with all pertinent requirements of this
code. The holders of such permit shall proceed at their own
risk without assurance that the permit for the entire energy
conservation system will be granted.
C103.4 Amended construction documents. Changes made during
construction that are not in compliance with the approved
construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an
amended set of construction documents.
C103.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of
approved construction documents shall be retained by the code
official for a period of not less than 180 days from date of
completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or
local laws.
[]
C104.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is
required shall be subject to inspection by the code official.
C104.2 Required approvals. Work shall not be done beyond the
point indicated in each successive inspection without first
obtaining the approval of the code official. The code
official, upon notification, shall make the requested
inspections and shall either indicate the portion of the
construction that is satisfactory as completed, or notify the
permit holder or his or her agent wherein the same fails to
comply with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall
be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or
concealed until authorized by the code official. Where
applicable, inspections shall include at least:
C104.2.1 Envelope
C104.2.1.1 Wall Insulation Inspection: To be made after all
wall insulation and air vapor retarder sheet or film materials
are in place, but before any wall covering is placed.
C104.2.1.2 Glazing Inspection: To be made after glazing
materials are installed in the building.
C104.2.1.3 Exterior Roofing Insulation: To be made after the
installation of the roof insulation, but before concealment.
C104.2.1.4 Slab/Floor Insulation: To be made after the
installation of the slab/floor insulation, but before
concealment.
C104.2.2 Mechanical
C104.2.2.1 Mechanical Equipment Efficiency and Economizer: To
be made after all equipment and controls required by this code
are installed and prior to the concealment of such equipment
or controls.
C104.2.2.2 Mechanical Pipe and Duct Insulation: To be made
after all pipe and duct insulation is in place, but before
concealment.
C104.2.3 Lighting and motors
C104.2.3.1 Lighting Equipment and Controls: To be made after
the installation of all lighting equipment and controls
required by this code, but before concealment of the lighting
equipment.
C104.2.3.2 Motor Inspections: To be made after installation
of all equipment covered by this code, but before concealment.
C104.3 Final inspection. The building shall have a final
inspection and not be occupied until approved.
C104.4 Reinspection. A building shall be reinspected when
determined necessary by the code official.
C104.5 Approved inspection agencies. The code official is
authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies,
provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to
qualifications and reliability.
C104.6 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the
holder of the permit or their duly authorized agent to notify
the code official when work is ready for inspection. It shall
be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and
means for inspections of such work that are required by this
code.
C104.7 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or
installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the
necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve
compliance with this code. The work or installation shall
then be resubmitted to the code official for inspection and
testing.
C104.8 Approval. After the prescribed tests and inspections
indicate that the work complies in all respects with this
code, a notice of approval shall be issued by the code
official.
C104.8.1 Revocation. The code official is authorized to, in
writing, suspend or revoke a notice of approval issued under
the provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued
in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied,
or where it is determined that the building or structure,
premise, or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance
or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.
[]
C105.1 General. If a portion of this code is held to be
illegal or void, such a decision shall not affect the validity
of the remainder of this code.
[]
C106.1 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be those listed in
Chapter 5, and such codes and standards shall be considered as
part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent
of each such reference and as further regulated in Sections
C106.1.1 and C106.1.2.
C106.1.1 Conflicts. Where differences occur between
provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards,
the provisions of this code shall apply.
C106.1.2 Provisions in referenced codes and standards. Where
the extent of the reference to a referenced code or standard
includes subject matter that is within the scope of this code,
the provisions of this code, as applicable, shall take
precedence over the provisions in the referenced code or
standard.
C106.2 Conflicting requirements. Where the provisions of this
code and the referenced standards conflict, the provisions of
this code shall take precedence.
C106.3 Application of references. References to chapter or
section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified
by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter,
section or provision of this code.
C106.4 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be
deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal
law. In addition to the requirements of this code, all
occupancies shall conform to the provisions included in the
State Building Code (chapter 19.27 RCW). In case of conflicts
among the codes enumerated in RCW 19.27.031 (1) through (4)
and this code, an earlier named code shall govern over those
following. In the case of conflict between the duct sealing
and insulation requirements of this code and the duct
insulation requirements of Sections 603 and 604 of the
International Mechanical Code, the duct insulation
requirements of this code, or where applicable, a local
jurisdiction's energy code shall govern.
[]
C107.1 Fees. A permit shall not be issued until the fees
prescribed in Section C107.2 have been paid, nor shall an
amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if
any, has been paid.
C107.2 Schedule of permit fees. A fee for each permit shall
be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as
established by the applicable governing authority.
C107.3 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who
commences any work before obtaining the necessary permits
shall be subject to an additional fee established by the code
official, which shall be in addition to the required permit
fees.
C107.4 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the
construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work done
in connection to or concurrently with the work or activity
authorized by a permit shall not relieve the applicant or
holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are
prescribed by law.
C107.5 Refunds. The code official is authorized to establish
a refund policy.
[]
C108.1 Authority. Whenever the code official finds any work
regulated by this code being performed in a manner either
contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or
unsafe, the code official is authorized to issue a stop work
order.
C108.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing and
shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to
the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work. Upon
issuance of a stop work order, the cited work shall
immediately cease. The stop work order shall state the reason
for the order, and the conditions under which the cited work
will be permitted to resume.
C108.3 Emergencies. Where an emergency exists, the code
official shall not be required to give a written notice prior
to stopping the work.
C108.4 Failure to comply. Any person who shall continue any
work after having been served with a stop work order, except
such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a
violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of
not less than [AMOUNT] dollars or more than [AMOUNT] dollars.
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-10900
Section C109 -- Board of appeals.
C109.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of
orders, decisions or determinations made by the code official
relative to the application and interpretation of this code,
there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The
code official shall be an ex officio member of said board but
shall have no vote on any matter before the board. The board
of appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall
hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of
procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all
decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a
duplicate copy to the code official.
C109.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal
shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or
the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly
interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or
an equally good or better form of construction is proposed.
The board shall have no authority to waive requirements of
this code.
C109.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of
members who are qualified by experience and training and are
not employees of the jurisdiction.
[]
[]
[]
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20100
Section C201 -- General.
C201.1 Scope. Unless stated otherwise, the following words
and terms in this code shall have the meanings indicated in
this chapter.
C201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words in the masculine gender include the
feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural
and the plural includes the singular.
C201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Terms that are not
defined in this code but are defined in the International
Building Code, International Fire Code, International Fuel Gas
Code, International Mechanical Code, International Plumbing
Code or the International Residential Code shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in those codes.
C201.4 Terms not defined. Terms not defined by this chapter
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.
[]
[]
ABOVE-GRADE WALL. A wall enclosing conditioned space that is not a below-grade wall. This includes between-floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and basement knee walls, dormer walls, gable end walls, walls enclosing a mansard roof and skylight shafts.
ACCESSIBLE. Admitting close approach as a result of not being guarded by locked doors, elevation or other effective means (see "Readily accessible").
ADDITION. An extension or increase in the conditioned space floor area or height of a building or structure.
AIR BARRIER. Material(s) assembled and joined together to provide a barrier to air leakage through the building envelope. An air barrier may be a single material or a combination of materials.
ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than repair or addition that requires a permit. Also, a change in a mechanical system that involves an extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of the original installation that requires a permit.
APPROVED. Approval by the code official as a result of investigation and tests conducted by him or her, or by reason of accepted principles or tests by nationally recognized organizations.
ATTIC AND OTHER ROOFS. All other roofs, including roofs with insulation entirely below (inside of) the roof structure (i.e., attics, cathedral ceilings, and single-rafter ceilings), roofs with insulation both above and below the roof structure, and roofs without insulation but excluding roofs with insulation entirely above deck and metal building roofs.
AUTOMATIC. Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism when actuated by some impersonal influence, as, for example, a change in current strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical configuration (see "Manual").
[]
BELOW-GRADE WALL. That portion of a wall in the building envelope that is entirely below the finish grade and in contact with the ground.
BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, including any mechanical systems, service water heating systems and electric power and lighting systems located on the building site and supporting the building.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A process that verifies and documents that the selected building systems have been designed, installed, and function according to the owner's project requirements and construction documents, and to minimum code requirements.
BUILDING ENTRANCE. Any door, set of doors, doorway, or other form of portal that is used to gain access to the building from the outside by the public.
BUILDING SITE. A contiguous area of land that is under the ownership or control of one entity.
BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE. The below-grade walls, above-grade walls, floor, roof, and any other building elements that enclose conditioned space or provides a boundary between conditioned space and exempt or unconditioned space.
[]
C-FACTOR (THERMAL CONDUCTANCE). The coefficient of heat transmission (surface to surface) through a building component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow per unit area and the unit temperature difference between the warm side and cold side surfaces (Btu/h ft2 x °F) [W/(m2 x K)].
CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative.
COEFFICENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - COOLING. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating system or some specific portion of that system under designated operating conditions.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - HEATING. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of heat delivered to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete heat pump system, including the compressor and, if applicable, auxiliary heat, under designated operating conditions.
COMMERCIAL BUILDING. For this code, all buildings that are not included in the definition of "Residential buildings."
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA. The horizontal projection of the floors associated with the conditioned space.
CONDITIONED SPACE. An area or room within a building being heated or cooled, containing uninsulated ducts, or with a fixed opening directly into an adjacent conditioned space.
CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER. A combination of materials and assemblies that restrict or prevent the passage of air through the building thermal envelope.
CONTINUOUS INSULATION (CI). Insulation that is continuous across all structural members without thermal bridges other than fasteners (i.e., screws and nails) and service openings. It is installed on the interior or exterior or is integral to any opaque surface of the building envelope. For the purposes of this definition of continuous insulation, only screws and nails are considered fasteners. Insulation installed between metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles, or insulation with penetrations by brick ties and offset brackets, or any other similar framing is not considered continuous insulation, regardless of whether the metal is continuous or occasionally discontinuous or has thermal break material.
CURTAIN WALL. Fenestration products used to create an external nonload-bearing wall that is designed to separate the exterior and interior environments.
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20204
Section C202.4 -- D.
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM. An electronic system managed by the building owner to collect, tabulate and display metering information.
DAYLIGHT ZONE. (See also Fig. C202.4)
1. Under skylights. The area under skylights whose horizontal dimension, in each direction, is equal to the skylight dimension in that direction plus either 70 percent of the floor-to-ceiling height or the dimension to a ceiling height opaque partition, or one-half the distance to adjacent skylights or vertical fenestration, whichever is least.
2. Adjacent to vertical fenestration. The area adjacent to vertical fenestration which receives daylight through the fenestration. For purposes of this definition and unless more detailed analysis is provided, the primary daylight zone depth is assumed to extend into the space a distance equal to the window head height and the secondary daylighted zone extends from the edge of the primary zone to a distance equal to two times the window head height or to the nearest ceiling height opaque partition, whichever is less. The daylight zone width is assumed to be the width of the window plus 2 feet (610 mm) on each side, or the window width plus the distance to an opaque partition, or the window width plus one-half the distance to adjacent skylight or vertical fenestration, whichever is least.
3. In parking garages. The area within 20 feet of any portion of a perimeter wall that has a net opening to wall ratio of at least 40 percent and no exterior obstructions within 20 feet.
DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION (DCV). A ventilation system capability
that provides for the automatic reduction of outdoor air
intake below design rates when the actual occupancy of spaces
served by the system is less than design occupancy.
DEMAND RECIRCULATION WATER SYSTEM. A water distribution system where pump(s) prime the service hot water piping with heated water upon demand for hot water.
DUCT. A tube or conduit utilized for conveying air. The air passages of self-contained systems are not to be construed as air ducts.
DUCT SYSTEM. A continuous passageway for the transmission of air that, in addition to ducts, includes duct fittings, dampers, plenums, fans and accessory air-handling equipment and appliances.
DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
DYNAMIC GLAZING. Any fenestration product that has the fully reversible ability to change its performance properties, including U-factor, SHGC, or VT.
[]
ECONOMIZER, AIR. A duct and damper arrangement and automatic control system that allows a cooling system to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather.
ECONOMIZER, WATER. A system where the supply air of a cooling system is cooled indirectly with water that is itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to the environment without the use of mechanical cooling.
ENCLOSED SPACE. A volume surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors, roofs, and openable devices such as doors and operable windows.
END USE CATEGORY. A load or group of loads that consume energy in a common or similar manner.
ENERGY ANALYSIS. A method for estimating the annual energy use of the proposed design and standard reference design based on estimates of energy use.
ENERGY COST. The total estimated annual cost for purchased energy for the building functions regulated by this code, including applicable demand charges.
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEM. Systems that employ air-to-air heat exchangers to recover energy from exhaust air for the purpose of preheating, precooling, humidifying or dehumidifying outdoor ventilation air prior to supplying the air to a space, either directly or as part of an HVAC system.
ENERGY SIMULATION TOOL. An approved software program or calculation-based methodology that projects the annual energy use of a building.
ENERGY SOURCE METER. A meter placed at the source of the incoming energy that measures the energy delivered to the whole building or metered space.
ENTRANCE DOOR. Fenestration products used for ingress, egress and access in nonresidential buildings including, but not limited to, exterior entrances that utilize latching hardware and automatic closers and contain over 50 percent glass specifically designed to withstand heavy use and possibly abuse.
EQUIPMENT ROOM. A space that contains either electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, machinery, water pumps or hydraulic pumps that are a function of the building's services.
EXTERIOR WALL. Walls including both above-grade walls and below-grade walls.
[]
FAN BRAKE HORSEPOWER (BHP). The horsepower delivered to the fan's shaft. Brake horsepower does not include the mechanical drive losses (belts, gears, etc.).
FAN SYSTEM BHP. The sum of the fan brake horsepower of all fans that are required to operate at fan system design conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or exhaust it to the outdoors.
FAN SYSTEM DESIGN CONDITIONS. Operating conditions that can be expected to occur during normal system operation that result in the highest supply fan airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system.
FAN SYSTEM MOTOR NAMEPLATE HP. The sum of the motor nameplate horsepower of all fans that are required to operate at design conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or exhaust it to the outdoors.
FENESTRATION. Skylights, roof windows, vertical windows (fixed or moveable), opaque doors, glazed doors, glazed block and combination opaque/glazed doors. Fenestration includes products with glass and nonglass glazing materials.
FENESTRATION AREA. Total area of the fenestration measured using the rough opening, and including the glazing, sash and frame.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, FIELD-FABRICATED. A fenestration product whose frame is made at the construction site of standard dimensional lumber or other materials that were not previously cut, or otherwise formed with the specific intention of being used to fabricate a fenestration product or exterior door. Field fabricated does not include site-built fenestration.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, SITE-BUILT. A fenestration designed to be made up of field-glazed or field-assembled units using specific factory cut or otherwise factory-formed framing and glazing units. Examples of site-built fenestration include storefront systems, curtain walls, and atrium roof systems.
F-FACTOR. The perimeter heat loss factor for slab-on-grade floors (Btu/h x ft x °F) [W/(m x K)].
FURNACE ELECTRICITY RATIO. The ratio of furnace electricity use to total furnace energy computed as ratio = (3.412 x EAE)/1000 x EF + 3.412 x EAE) where EAE (average annual auxiliary electrical consumption) and EF (average annual fuel energy consumption) are defined in Appendix N to Subpart B of Part 430 of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations and EF is expressed in millions of Btus per year.
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20207
Section C202.7 -- G.
GENERAL LIGHTING. Lighting that provides a substantially uniform level of illumination throughout an area. General lighting shall not include decorative lighting or lighting that provides a dissimilar level of illumination to serve a specialized application or feature within such area.
[]
HEAT TRAP. An arrangement of piping and fittings, such as elbows, or a commercially available heat trap that prevents thermosyphoning of hot water during standby periods.
HEATED SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. Slab-on-grade floor construction in which the heating elements, hydronic tubing, or hot air distribution system is in contact with, or placed within or under, the slab.
HIGH-EFFICACY LUMINAIRES. Luminaires with compact fluorescent lamps, T-8 or smaller diameter linear fluorescent lamps, or lamps with a minimum efficacy of:
1. 60 Lumens per watt for lamps over 40 watts;
2. 50 Lumens per watt for lamps over 15 watts to 40 watts; and
3. 40 Lumens per watt for lamps 15 watts or less.
HUMIDISTAT. A regulatory device, actuated by changes in humidity, used for automatic control of relative humidity.
[]
INFILTRATION. The uncontrolled inward air leakage into a building caused by the pressure effects of wind or the effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air density or both.
INSULATING SHEATHING. An insulating board with a core material having a minimum R-value of R-2.
INSULATION ENTIRELY ABOVE DECK. A roof with all insulation:
1. Installed above (outside of) the roof structure; and
2. Continuous (i.e., uninterrupted by framing members).
INTEGRATED ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (IEER). A single-number figure of merit expressing cooling part-load EER efficiency for unitary air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for the equipment.
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE (IPLV). A single number figure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/ton expressing part-load efficiency for air conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for equipment.
[]
[]
[]
LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which have been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of the production of the above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either that the equipment, material or product meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the code official and concerned with evaluation of products or services that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and whose listing states either that the equipment, material, product or service meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING. A lighting system consisting of an isolating power supply, the low voltage luminaires, and associated equipment that are all identified for the use. The output circuits of the power supply are rated for not more than 25 amperes and operate at 30 volts (42.4 volts peak) or less under all load conditions.
LUMINAIRE. A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the housing designed to distribute the light, position and protect the lamps, and connect the lamps to the power supply.
[]
MANUAL. Capable of being operated by personal intervention (see "Automatic").
METAL BUILDING ROOF. A roof that:
1. Is constructed with a metal, structural, weathering surface;
2. Has no ventilated cavity; and
3. Has the insulation entirely below deck (i.e., does not include composite concrete and metal deck construction nor a roof framing system that is separated from the superstructure by a wood substrate) and whose structure consists of one or more of the following configurations:
a. Metal roofing in direct contact with the steel framing members;
b. Metal roofing separated from the steel framing members by insulation;
c. Insulated metal roofing panels installed as described in a or b.
METAL BUILDING WALL. A wall whose structure consists of metal spanning members supported by steel structural members (i.e., does not include spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall systems).
METER. A device that measures the flow of energy.
MICROCELL. A wireless communication facility consisting of an antenna that is either: (a) Four (4) feet in height and with an area of not more than 580 square inches; or (b) if a tubular antenna, no more than four (4) inches in diameter and no more than six (6) feet in length; and the associated equipment cabinet that is six (6) feet or less in height and no more than 48 square feet in floor area.
[]
NAMEPLATE HORSEPOWER. The nominal motor horsepower rating stamped on the motor nameplate.
NONSTANDARD PART LOAD VALUE (NPLV). A single-number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated and referenced to conditions other than IPLV conditions, for units that are not designed to operate at ARI standard rating conditions.
[]
ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY. Energy derived from solar radiation, wind, waves, tides, landfill gas, biomass, or the internal heat of the earth. The energy system providing on-site renewable energy shall be located on the project site.
[]
PERSONAL WIRELESS SERVICE FACILITY. A wireless communication facility (WCF), including a microcell, which is a facility for the transmission and/or reception of radio frequency signals and which may include antennas, equipment shelter or cabinet, transmission cables, a support structure to achieve the necessary elevation, and reception and/or transmission devices or antennas.
PROPOSED DESIGN. A description of the proposed building used to estimate annual energy use for determining compliance based on total building performance.
[]
[]
READILY ACCESSIBLE. Capable of being reached quickly for operation, renewal or inspection without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable ladders or access equipment (see "Accessible").
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE COOLER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures above 32°F that can be walked into and has a total chilled storage area of 3,000 ft2 or greater.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE FREEZER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures at or below 32°F that can be walked into and has a total chilled storage area of 3,000 ft2 or greater.
REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building.
RESIDENTIAL BUILDING. For this code, includes detached one- and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) as well as Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 buildings three stories or less in height above grade plane.
ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the roof covering, underlayment, roof deck, insulation, vapor retarder and interior finish.
R-VALUE (THERMAL RESISTANCE). The inverse of the time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its bounding surfaces to the other surface for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady state conditions, per unit area (h • ft2 • °F/Btu) [(m2 • K)/W].
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20219
Section C202.19 -- S.
SCREW LAMP HOLDERS. A lamp base that requires a screw-in-type lamp, such as a compact-fluorescent, incandescent, or tungsten-halogen bulb.
SEMI-HEATED SPACE. An enclosed space within a building, including adjacent connected spaces separated by an uninsulated component (e.g., basements, utility rooms, garages, corridors), which:
1. Has a maximum heating system output capacity which shall be 3 Btu/(h-ft2) but not greater than 8 Btu/(h-ft2) in Climate Zones 4 and 5, or shall be 5 Btu/(h-ft2) but not greater than 12 Btu/(h-ft2) in Climate Zone 6;
2. Is not a cold storage space or frozen storage space.
SERVICE WATER HEATING. Heating water for domestic or commercial purposes other than space heating and process requirements.
SKYLIGHT. Glass or other transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a slope of less than 60 degrees (1.05 rad) from horizontal. Glazing material in skylights, including unit skylights, solariums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls is included in this definition.
SLAB BELOW GRADE. Any portion of a slab floor in contact with the ground which is more than 24 inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. That portion of a slab floor of the building envelope that is in contact with the ground and that is either above grade or is less than or equal to 24 inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep, which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not sleeping units.
SMALL BUSINESS. Any business entity (including a sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership or other legal entity) which is owned and operated independently from all other businesses, which has the purpose of making a profit, and which has fifty or fewer employees.
SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC). The ratio of the solar heat gain entering the space through the fenestration assembly to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar radiation which is then reradiated, conducted or convected into the space.
STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN. A version of the proposed design that meets the minimum requirements of this code and is used to determine the maximum annual energy use requirement for compliance based on total building performance.
STEEL-FRAMED WALL. A wall with a cavity (insulated or otherwise) whose exterior surfaces are separated by steel framing members (i.e., typical steel stud walls and curtain wall systems).
STOREFRONT. A nonresidential system of doors and windows mulled as a composite fenestration structure that has been designed to resist heavy use. Storefront systems include, but are not limited to, exterior fenestration systems that span from the floor level or above to the ceiling of the same story on commercial buildings, with or without mulled windows and doors.
SUBSYSTEM METER. A meter placed downstream of the energy supply meter that measures the energy delivered to a load or a group of loads.
SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a dwelling with a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the structure's exterior walls and roof.
[]
THERMAL ISOLATION. Physical and space conditioning separation from conditioned space(s). The conditioned space(s) shall be controlled as separate zones for heating and cooling or conditioned by separate equipment.
THERMOSTAT. An automatic control device used to maintain temperature at a fixed or adjustable set point.
[]
U-FACTOR (THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE). The coefficient of heat transmission (air to air) through a building component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit temperature difference between the warm side and cold side air films (Btu/h • ft2 • °F) [W/(m2 • K)].
UNHEATED SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. A slab-on-grade floor that is not a heated slab-on-grade floor.
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20222
Section C202.22 -- V.
VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such air from, any space.
VENTILATION AIR. That portion of supply air that comes from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated air that has been treated to maintain the desired quality of air within a designated space.
VERTICAL FENESTRATION. All fenestration other than skylights.
VISIBLE TRANSMITTANCE [VT]. The ratio of visible light entering the space through the fenestration product assembly to the incident visible light, visible transmittance, includes the effects of glazing material and frame and is expressed as a number between 0 and 1.
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-20223
Section C202.23 -- W.
WALK-IN COOLER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures above 32°F that can be walked into and has a total chilled storage area of less than 3,000 ft2.
WALK-IN FREEZER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures at or below 32°F that can be walked into and has a total chilled storage area of less than 3,000 ft2.
WALL. That portion of the building envelope, including opaque area and fenestration, that is vertical or tilted at an angle of 60 degrees from horizontal or greater. This includes above-grade walls and below-grade walls, between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, and foundation walls.
WOOD-FRAMED AND OTHER WALLS. All other wall types, including wood stud walls.
[]
ZONE. A space or group of spaces within a building with heating or cooling requirements that are sufficiently similar so that desired conditions can be maintained throughout using a single controlling device.
[]
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-30100
Section C301 -- Climate zones.
C301.1 General. Climate zones from Table C301.1 shall be used
in determining the applicable requirements from Chapter 4.
C301.2 Warm humid counties. Warm humid counties are
identified in Table C301.1 by an asterisk.
C301.3 International climate zones. The climate zone for any
location outside the United States shall be determined by
applying Table C301.3(1) and then Table C301.3(2).
Climate Zones, Moisture Regimes, and Warm-Humid
Designations by State and County
Key: A - Moist, B - Dry, C - Marine. Absence of moisture designation indicates moisture regime is irrelevant. Asterisk (*) indicates a warm-humid location. | ||
WASHINGTON | ||
5B Adams | 4C Grays Harbor | 4C Pierce |
5B Asotin | 4C Island | 4C San Juan |
5B Benton | 4C Jefferson | 4C Skagit |
5B Chelan | 4C King | 5B Skamania |
4C Clallam | 4C Kitsap | 4C Snohomish |
4C Clark | 5B Kittitas | 5B Spokane |
5B Columbia | 5B Klickitat | 6B Stevens |
4C Cowlitz | 4C Lewis | 4C Thurston |
5B Douglas | 5B Lincoln | 4C Wahkiakum |
6B Ferry | 4C Mason | 5B Walla Walla |
5B Franklin | 6B Okanogan | 4C Whitcom |
5B Garfield | 4C Pacific | 5B Whitman |
5B Grant | 6B Pend Oreille | 5B Yakima |
[]
C302.1 Interior design conditions. The interior design
temperatures used for heating and cooling load calculations
shall be a maximum of 72°F (22°C) for heating and minimum of
75°F (24°C) for cooling.
302.2 Exterior design conditions. The heating or cooling
outdoor design temperatures shall be selected from Appendix C.
[]
[]
C303.1 Identification. Materials, systems and equipment shall
be identified in a manner that will allow a determination of
compliance with the applicable provisions of this code.
C303.1.1 Building thermal envelope insulation. An R-value
identification mark shall be applied by the manufacturer to
each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches
(305 mm) or greater in width. Alternately, the insulation
installers shall provide a certification listing the type,
manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each
element of the building thermal envelope. For blown or
sprayed insulation (fiberglass and cellulose), the initial
installed thickness, settled thickness, settled R-value,
installed density, coverage area and number of bags installed
shall be listed on the certification. For sprayed
polyurethane foam (SPF) insulation, the installed thickness of
the areas covered and R-value of installed thickness shall be
listed on the certification. The insulation installer shall
sign, date and post the certification in a conspicuous
location on the job site.
C303.1.1.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation. The
thickness of blown-in or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation
(fiberglass or cellulose) shall be written in inches (mm) on
markers that are installed at least one for every 300 square
feet (28 m2) throughout the attic space. The markers shall be
affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum
initial installed thickness with numbers a minimum of 1 inch
(25 mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic access
opening. Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed
R-value shall be listed on certification provided by the
insulation installer.
C303.1.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating materials
shall be installed such that the manufacturer's R-value mark
is readily observable upon inspection.
C303.1.3 Fenestration product rating. U-factors of
fenestration products (windows, doors and skylights) shall be
determined in accordance with NFRC 100 by an accredited,
independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the
manufacturer. Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall
be assigned a default U-factor from Table C303.1.3(1),
C303.1.3(2) or C303.1.3(4). The solar heat gain coefficient
(SHGC) and visible transmittance (VT) of glazed fenestration
products (windows, glazed doors and skylights) shall be
determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited,
independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the
manufacturer. Products lacking such a labeled SHGC or VT
shall be assigned a default SHGC or VT from Table C303.1.3(3).
EXCEPTION: | Units without NFRC ratings produced by a small business may be assigned default U-factors from Table C303.1.3(5) for vertical fenestration. |
[]
Default Glazed Fenestration U-Factor
FRAME TYPE | SINGLE PANE | DOUBLE PANE | SKY-LIGHT |
Metal | 1.20 | 0.80 | |
Metal with Thermal Break | 1.10 | 0.65 | See Table C303.1.3(4) |
Nonmetal or Metal Clad | 0.95 | 0.55 | |
Glazed Block | 0.60 |
[]
Default Door U-Factors
See Appendix A, Section A107
[]
Default Glazed Fenestration SHGC and VT
SINGLE GLAZED | DOUBLE GLAZED | GLAZE BLOCK | |||
Clear | Tinted | Clear | Tinted | ||
SHGC | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.40 | 0.40 |
VT | 0.6 | 0.3 | 0.6 | 0.3 | 0.6 |
[]
Default U-Factors for Skylights
Frame Type | |||||
Aluminum Without Thermal Break | Aluminum With Thermal Break | Reinforced Vinyl/Alumi-num-Clad Wood or Vinyl | Wood or Vinyl-Clad Wood/Vinyl Without Reinforcing | ||
Fenestration Type | |||||
Single Glazing | |||||
glass | U-1.58 | U-1.51 | U-1.40 | U-1.18 | |
acrylic/polycarb | U-1.52 | U-1.45 | U-1.34 | U-1.11 | |
Double Glazing | |||||
air | U-1.05 | U-0.89 | U-0.84 | U-0.67 | |
argon | U-1.02 | U-0.86 | U-0.80 | U-0.64 | |
Double Glazing, e = 0.20 | |||||
air | U-0.96 | U-0.80 | U-0.75 | U-0.59 | |
argon | U-0.91 | U-0.75 | U-0.70 | U-0.54 | |
Double Glazing, e = 0.10 | |||||
air | U-0.94 | U-0.79 | U-0.74 | U-0.58 | |
argon | U-0.89 | U-0.73 | U-0.68 | U-0.52 | |
Double Glazing, e = 0.05 | |||||
air | U-0.93 | U-0.78 | U-0.73 | U-0.56 | |
argon | U-0.87 | U-0.71 | U-0.66 | U-0.50 | |
Triple Glazing | |||||
air | U-0.90 | U-0.70 | U-0.67 | U-0.51 | |
argon | U-0.87 | U-0.69 | U-0.64 | U-0.48 | |
Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 | |||||
air | U-0.86 | U-0.68 | U-0.63 | U-0.47 | |
argon | U-0.82 | U-0.63 | U-0.59 | U-0.43 | |
Triple Glazing, e = 0.20 on 2 surfaces | |||||
air | U-0.82 | U-0.64 | U-0.60 | U-0.44 | |
argon | U-0.79 | U-0.60 | U-0.56 | U-0.40 | |
Triple Glazing, e = 0.10 on 2 surfaces | |||||
air | U-0.81 | U-0.62 | U-0.58 | U-0.42 | |
argon | U-0.77 | U-0.58 | U-0.54 | U-0.38 | |
Quadruple Glazing, e = 0.10 on 2 surfaces | |||||
air | U-0.78 | U-0.59 | U-0.55 | U-0.39 | |
argon | U-0.74 | U-0.56 | U-0.52 | U-0.36 | |
krypton | U-0.70 | U-0.52 | U-0.48 | U-0.32 |
1 | U-factors are applicable to both glass and plastic, flat and domed units, all spacers and gaps. |
2 | Emissivities shall be less than or equal to the value specified. |
3 | Gap fill shall be assumed to be air unless there is a minimum of 90 percent argon or krypton. |
4 | Aluminum frame with thermal break is as defined in footnote 1 to Table R303.1.3(1). |
[]
Small Business Compliance Table
Default U-Factors for Vertical Glazing
Vertical Glazing Description | Frame Type | |||||
Any Frame | Aluminum Thermal Break2 | Wood/Vinyl/ Fiberglass |
||||
Panes | Low-e1 | Spacer | Fill | |||
Double3 | A | Any | Argon | 0.48 | 0.41 | 0.32 |
B | Any | Argon | 0.46 | 0.39 | 0.30 | |
C | Any | Argon | 0.44 | 0.37 | 0.28 | |
C | High Performance | Argon | 0.42 | 0.35 | Deemed to comply5 | |
Triple4 | A | Any | Air | 0.50 | 0.44 | 0.26 |
B | Any | Air | 0.45 | 0.39 | 0.22 | |
C | Any | Air | 0.41 | 0.34 | 0.20 | |
Any double low-e | Any | Air | 0.35 | 0.32 | 0.18 |
1 | Low-eA (emissivity) shall be 0.24 to 0.16. |
Low-eB (emissivity) shall be 0.15 to 0.08. | |
Low-eC (emissivity) shall be 0.07 or less. | |
2 | Aluminum Thermal Break = An aluminum thermal break framed window shall incorporate the following minimum design characteristics: |
a) The thermal conductivity of the thermal break material shall be not more than 3.6 Btu-in/h/ft2/°F; | |
b) The thermal break material must produce a gap in the frame material of not less than 0.210 inches; and | |
c) All metal framing members of the products exposed to interior and exterior air shall incorporate a thermal break meeting the criteria in a) and b) above. | |
3 | A minimum air space of 0.375 inches between panes of glass is required for double glazing. |
4 | A minimum air space of 0.25 inches between panes of glass is required for triple glazing. |
5 | Deemed to comply glazing shall not be used for performance compliance. |
[]
C303.2 Installation. All materials, systems and equipment
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions and the International Building Code.
C303.2.1 Protection of exposed foundation insulation.
Insulation applied to the exterior of basement walls,
crawlspace walls and the perimeter of slab-on-grade floors
shall have a rigid, opaque and weather-resistant protective
covering to prevent the degradation of the insulation's
thermal performance. The protective covering shall cover the
exposed exterior insulation and extend a minimum of 6 inches
(153 mm) below grade.
[]
C303.3 Maintenance information. Maintenance instructions
shall be furnished for equipment and systems that require
preventive maintenance. Required regular maintenance actions
shall be clearly stated and incorporated on a readily
accessible label. The label shall include the title or
publication number for the operation and maintenance manual
for that particular model and type of product.
[]
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40100
Section C401 -- General.
C401.1 Scope. The requirements contained in this chapter are
applicable to commercial buildings, or portions of commercial
buildings.
C401.2 Application. Commercial buildings shall comply with
one of the following:
1. The requirements of Sections C402, C403, C404, C405, C408 and C409. In addition, commercial buildings shall comply with either Section C406.2, C406.3, C406.4, or C406.5.
2. The requirements of Section C407, C408, C402.4, C403.2, C404, C405.2, C405.3, C405.4, C405.6 and C405.7. The building energy consumption shall be equal to or less than 90 percent of the standard reference design building.
C401.2.1 Application to existing buildings. Additions,
alterations and repairs to existing buildings shall comply
with Sections C402, C403, C404, C405, C408 and C409.
[]
[]
C402.1 General (Prescriptive). The building thermal envelope
shall comply with Section C402.1.1. Section C402.1.2 or
Section C402.1.3 shall be permitted as an alternative to the
R-values specified in Section C402.1.1. Walk-in coolers and
walk-in freezers shall comply with C402.5. Refrigerated
warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall
comply with C402.6.
EXCEPTION: | Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. |
[]
C402.1.1 Insulation and fenestration criteria. The building
thermal envelope shall meet the requirements of Tables C402.2
and C402.3 based on the climate zone specified in Chapter 3.
Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings
enclosing Group R occupancies shall use the R-values from the
"Group R" column of Table C402.2. Commercial buildings or
portions of commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other
than Group R shall use the R-values from the "All other"
column of Table C402.2.
[]
C402.1.2 U-factor alternative. An assembly with a U-factor,
C-factor, or F-factor equal or less than that specified in
Table C402.1.2 shall be permitted as an alternative to the
R-value in Table C402.2. Commercial buildings or portions of
commercial buildings enclosing Group R occupancies shall use
the U-factor, C-factor, or F-factor from the "Group R" column
of Table C402.1.2. Commercial buildings or portions of
commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other than Group R
shall use the U-factor, C-factor or F-factor from the "All
other" column of Table C402.1.2. The U-factors for typical
construction assemblies are included in Appendix A. These
values shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed
construction assemblies are not represented in Appendix A,
values shall be calculated in accordance with the ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals using the framing factors listed in
Appendix A where applicable and shall include the thermal
bridging effects of framing materials.
[]
Table C402.1.2
Opaque Thermal Envelope Assembly Requirementsa
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 | 6 | ||
All Other | Group R | All Other | Group R | |
Roofs | ||||
Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.034 | U-0.031 | U-0.032 | U-0.031 |
Metal buildings | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.029 | U-0.031 |
Attic and other | U-0.021 | U-0.021 | U-0.021 | U-0.021 |
Walls, Above Grade | ||||
Mass | U-0.078 | U-0.078 | U-0.078 | U-0.071 |
Metal building | U-0.052 | U-0.052 | U-0.052 | U-0.044 |
Steel framed | U-0.055 | U-0.055 | U-0.049 | U-0.044 |
Wood framed and other | U-0.054 | U-0.054 | U-0.051 | U-0.044 |
Walls, Below Grade | ||||
Below-grade wallb | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors | ||||
Mass | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Joist/framing | U-0.029 | U-0.029 | U-0.029 | U-0.029 |
Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
Unheated slabs | F-0.528 | F-0.510 | F-0.434 | F-0.424 |
Heated slabsc | F-0.55 | F-0.55 | F-0.55 | F-0.55 |
a | Use of opaque assembly U-factors, C-factors, and F-factors from Appendix A is required unless otherwise allowed by Section C402.1.2. |
b | Where heated slabs are below grade, below-grade walls shall comply with the F-factor requirements for heated slabs. |
c | Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab factors shall not be used. |
Table C402.1.2
Opaque Thermal Envelope Assembly Requirementsa
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 | 6 | ||
All Other | Group R | All Other | Group R | |
Roofs | ||||
Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.034 | U-0.031 | U-0.032 | U-0.031 |
Metal buildings | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.029 | U-0.031 |
Attic and other | U-0.021 | U-0.021 | U-0.021 | U-0.021 |
Walls, Above Grade | ||||
Mass | U-0.104d | U-0.078 | U-0.078 | U-0.071 |
Metal building | U-0.052 | U-0.052 | U-0.052 | U-0.044 |
Steel framed | U-0.055 | U-0.055 | U-0.049 | U-0.044 |
Wood framed and other | U-0.054 | U-0.054 | U-0.051 | U-0.044 |
Walls, Below Grade | ||||
Below-grade wallb | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors | ||||
Mass | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Joist/framing | U-0.029 | U-0.029 | U-0.029 | U-0.029 |
Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
Unheated slabs | F-0.528 | F-0.510 | F-0.434 | F-0.424 |
Heated slabsc | F-0.55 | F-0.55 | F-0.55 | F-0.55 |
a | Use of opaque assembly U-factors, C-factors, and F-factors from Appendix A is required unless otherwise allowed by Section C402.1.2. |
b | Where heated slabs are below grade, below-grade walls shall comply with the F-factor requirements for heated slabs. |
c | Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab factors shall not be used. |
d | Exception: Integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90 with all cores filled and meeting both of the following: |
1 | At least 50 percent of cores must be filled with vermiculite or equivalent fill insulation; and |
2 | The structure encloses one of the following uses: Warehouse (storage and retail), gymnasium, auditorium, church chapel, arena, kennel, manufacturing plant, indoor swimming pool, pump station, water and waste water treatment facility, storage facility, storage area, motor vehicle service facility. |
[]
C402.1.3 Component performance building envelope option.
C402.1.3.1 General. Buildings or structures whose design heat
loss rate (UAp) and solar heat gain coefficient rate
(SHGC * Ap) are less than or equal to the target heat loss
rate (UAt) and solar heat gain coefficient rate (SHGC * At)
shall be considered in compliance with this section. The
stated U-factor, F-factor or allowable area of any component
assembly, listed in Table C402.1.2 and Table C402.3, such as
roof/ceiling, opaque wall, opaque door, fenestration, floor
over conditioned space, slab-on-grade floor, radiant floor or
opaque floor may be increased and the U-factor or F-factor for
other components decreased, provided that the total heat gain
or loss for the entire building envelope does not exceed the
total resulting from compliance to the U-factors, F-factors or
allowable areas specified in this section. Compliance shall
be calculated in total for the building envelope for
nonresidential spaces and for residential spaces.
C402.1.3.2 Component U-factors. The U-factors for typical
construction assemblies are included in Chapter 3 and Appendix
A. These values shall be used for all calculations. Where
proposed construction assemblies are not represented in
Chapter 3 or Appendix A, values shall be calculated in
accordance with the 2009 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, using
the framing factors listed in Appendix A.
For envelope assemblies containing metal framing, the U-factor shall be determined by one of the following methods:
1. Results of laboratory measurements according to acceptable methods of test.
2. 2009 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook where the metal framing is bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or covering.
3. The zone method as provided in 2009 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
4. Effective framing/cavity R-values as provided in Appendix A.
When return air ceiling plenums are employed, the roof/ceiling assembly shall:
a. For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly; and
b. For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior face of the upper plenum surface.
5. Tables in ASHRAE 90.1-2007 Normative Appendix A.
C402.1.3.3 UA calculations. The target UAt and the proposed
UAp shall be calculated using Equations C402-1 and C402-2 and
the corresponding areas and U-factors from Table C402.1.2 and
Table C402.3. For the target UAt calculation, the skylights
shall be located in roof/ceiling area up to the maximum
skylight area per Section C402.3.1 and the remainder of the
fenestration allowed per Section C402.3.1 shall be located in
the wall area.
C402.1.3.4 SHGC calculations. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
Rate Calculations: Solar heat gain coefficient shall comply
with Table C402.3. The target SHGCAt and the proposed SHGCAp
shall be calculated using Equations C402-3 and C402-4 and the
corresponding areas and SHGCs from Table C402.3.
[]
Target UAt
UAt | = | UradtAradt + UmrtAmrt + UortAort + UmwtAmwt + UmbwtAmbwt + UmfwtAmfwt + UwtAwt + UfmtAfmt + UfjtAfjt + FstPst + FrstPrst + UdstAdst + UdrtAdrt + UvgtAvgt + UvgmtAvgmt + UvgmotAvgmot + UvgdtAvgdt + UogortAogort | ||
Uat | = | The target combined specific heat transfer of the gross roof/ceiling assembly, exterior wall and floor area. | ||
Where: | ||||
Uradt | = | The thermal transmittance value for roofs with the insulation entirely above deck found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Umrt | = | The thermal transmittance value for metal building roofs found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Uort | = | The thermal transmittance value for attic and other roofs found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Umwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque mass walls found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Umbwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque metal building walls found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Umfwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque steel-framed walls found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Uwt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque wood framed and other walls found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Ufmt | = | The thermal transmittance value for mass floors over unconditioned space found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Ufjt | = | The thermal transmittance value for joist floors over unconditioned space found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Fst | = | The F-factor for slab-on-grade floors found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Frst | = | The F-factor for radiant slab floors found in Table C402.1.2. | ||
Udst | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque swinging doors found in Table C402.2. | ||
Udrt | = | The thermal transmittance value for opaque roll-up or sliding doors found in Table C402.2. | ||
Uvgt | = | The thermal transmittance value for vertical fenestration with nonmetal framing found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. | ||
Uvgmt | = | The thermal transmittance value for vertical fenestration with fixed metal framing found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. | ||
Uvgmot | = | The thermal transmittance value for vertical fenestration with operable metal framing found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. | ||
Uvgdt | = | The thermal transmittance value for entrance doors found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. | ||
Uogort | = | The thermal transmittance for skylights found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area. | ||
Afmt | = | The proposed mass floor over unconditioned space area, Afm. | ||
Afjt | = | The proposed joist floor over unconditioned space area, Afs. | ||
Pst | = | The proposed linear feet of slab-on-grade floor perimeter, Ps. | ||
Prst | = | The proposed linear feet of radiant slab floor perimeter, Ps. | ||
Adst | = | The proposed opaque swinging door area, Ads. | ||
Adrt | = | The proposed opaque roll-up or sliding door area, Adr. | ||
and | ||||
If the total amount of fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area does not exceed the maximum allowed in Section C402.3.1: | ||||
Aradt | = | The proposed roof area with insulation entirely above the deck, Arad. | ||
Amrt | = | The proposed roof area for metal buildings, Amr. | ||
Aort | = | The proposed attic and other roof area, Aor. | ||
Amwt | = | The proposed opaque above grade wall area, Aw. | ||
Ambwt | = | The proposed opaque above grade wall area, Aw. | ||
Awt | = | The proposed opaque above grade wall area, Aw. | ||
Avgt | = | The proposed vertical fenestration area with nonmetal framing, Avg. | ||
Avgmt | = | The proposed vertical fenestration area with fixed metal framing, Avgm. | ||
Avgmot | = | The proposed vertical fenestration area with operable metal framing, Avgm. | ||
Avgdt | = | The proposed entrance door area, Avgd. | ||
Aogort | = | The proposed skylight area, Aogor. | ||
or | ||||
If the total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area exceeds the maximum allowed in Section C402.3.1, the area of each fenestration element shall be reduced in the base envelope design by the same percentage and the net area of each wall type adjusted proportionately by the same percentage so that the total skylight and vertical fenestration area is exactly equal to the allowed percentage per Section C402.3.1 of the gross wall area. |
[]
Proposed UAp
UAp | = | UradArad + UmrAmr + UraAra + UmwAmw + UmbwAmbw + UsfwAsfw + UwfowAwfow + UfmAfm + UfjAfj + FsPs + FsrPsr + UdsAds + UdrAdr + UvgAvg + UvgmfAvgmf + UvgmoAvgmo + UvgdAvgd + UogAog | ||
Where: | ||||
UAp | = | The combined proposed specific heat transfer of the gross exterior wall, floor and roof/ceiling assembly area. | ||
Urad | = | The thermal transmittance of the roof area where the insulation is entirely above the roof deck. | ||
Arad | = | Opaque roof area where the insulation is entirely above roof deck. | ||
Umr | = | The thermal transmittance of the metal building roof area. | ||
Amr | = | Opaque metal building roof area. | ||
Ura | = | The thermal transmittance of the roof over attic and other roof area. | ||
Ara | = | Opaque roof over attic and other roof area. | ||
Umw | = | The thermal transmittance of the opaque mass wall area. | ||
Amw | = | Opaque mass wall area (not including opaque doors). | ||
Umbw | = | The thermal transmittance of the opaque metal building wall area. | ||
Ambw | = | Opaque metal building wall area (not including opaque doors). | ||
Usfw | = | The thermal transmittance of the opaque steel framed wall area. | ||
Asfw | = | Opaque steel framed wall area (not including opaque doors). | ||
Uwfow | = | The thermal transmittance of the opaque wood framed and other wall area. | ||
Awfow | = | Opaque wood framed and other wall area (not including opaque doors). | ||
Ufm | = | The thermal transmittance of the mass floor over unconditioned space area. | ||
Afm | = | Mass floor area over unconditioned space. | ||
Ufj | = | The thermal transmittance of the joist floor over unconditioned space area. | ||
Afj | = | Joist floor area over unconditioned space. | ||
Fs | = | Slab-on-grade floor component F-factor. | ||
Ps | = | Linear feet of slab-on-grade floor perimeter. | ||
Fsr | = | Radiant floor component F-factor. | ||
Psr | = | Lineal feet of radiant floor perimeter. | ||
Uds | = | The thermal transmittance value of the opaque swinging door area. | ||
Ads | = | Opaque swinging door area. | ||
Udr | = | The thermal transmittance value of the opaque roll-up or sliding door area. | ||
Adr | = | Opaque roll-up or sliding door area. | ||
Uvg | = | The thermal transmittance of the vertical fenestration area with nonmetal framing. | ||
Avg | = | Vertical fenestration area with nonmetal framing. | ||
Uvgmf | = | The thermal transmittance of the vertical fenestration area with fixed metal framing. | ||
Avgmf | = | Vertical fenestration area with fixed metal framing. | ||
Uvgmo | = | The thermal transmittance of the vertical fenestration area with operable metal framing. | ||
Avgmo | = | Vertical fenestration area with operable metal framing. | ||
Uvgd | = | The thermal transmittance of the vertical fenestration area for entrance doors. | ||
Avgd | = | Vertical fenestration area for entrance doors. | ||
Uog | = | The thermal transmittance for the skylights. | ||
Aog | = | Skylight area. | ||
NOTE: Where more than one type of wall, window, roof/ceiling, door and skylight is used, the U and A terms for those items shall be expanded into subelements as: | ||||
Umw1Amw1 + Umw2Amw2 + Usfw1Asfw1 + ...etc. |
[]
Target SHGCAt
SHGCAt | = | SHGCt (Aogort + Avgt + Avgmt + Avgmot + Avgdt) |
Where: |
||
SHGCAt | = | The target combined specific heat gain of the target fenestration area. |
SHGCt | = | The solar heat gain coefficient for fenestration found in Table C402.3 which corresponds to the proposed total fenestration area as a percent of gross exterior wall area, and Aogort, Avgt, Avgmt, Avgmot and Avgdt are defined under Equation C402-1. |
[]
Proposed SHGCAp
SHGCAp | = | SHGCogAog + SHGCvgAvg |
Where: |
||
SHGCAt | = | The combined proposed specific heat gain of the proposed fenestration area. |
SHGCog | = | The solar heat gain coefficient of the skylights. |
Aog | = | The skylight area. |
SHGCvg | = | The solar heat gain coefficient of the vertical fenestration. |
Avg | = | The vertical fenestration area. |
[]
C402.1.4 Semi-heated spaces. All spaces shall comply with the
requirements in Section C402 unless they meet the definition
for semi-heated spaces. For semi-heated spaces, the building
envelope shall comply with the same requirements as that for
conditioned spaces in Section C402; however, for semi-heated
spaces heated by other than electric resistance heating
equipment, wall insulation is not required for those walls
that separate semi-heated spaces from the exterior provided
that the space meets all the requirements of semi-heated
space. Semi-heated spaces shall be calculated separately from
other conditioned spaces for compliance purposes. Building
envelope assemblies separating conditioned space from
semi-heated space shall comply with exterior envelope
insulation requirements. When choosing the uninsulated wall
option, the wall shall not be included in Component
Performance Building Envelope Option calculation.
[]
C402.2 Specific insulation requirements (Prescriptive).
Opaque assemblies shall comply with Table C402.2. Where two
or more layers of continuous insulation board are used in a
construction assembly, the continuous insulation boards shall
be installed in accordance with Section C303.2. If the
continuous insulation board manufacturer's installation
instructions do not address installation of two or more
layers, the edge joints between each layer of continuous
insulation boards shall be staggered.
[]
Table C402.2
Opaque Thermal Envelope Requirementsa, f
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 | 6 | ||
All Other | Group R | All Other | Group R | |
Roofs | ||||
Insulation entirely above deck | R-30ci | R-38ci | R-30ci | R-38ci |
Metal buildings (with R-5 thermal blocks)a, b | R-25 + R-11 LS |
R-25 + R-11 LS |
R-25 + R-11 LS |
R-30 + R-11 LS |
Attic and other | R-49 | R-49 | R-49 | R-49 |
Walls, Above Grade | ||||
Mass | R-11.4ci | R-13.3ci | R-13.3ci | R-15.2ci |
Metal building | R-13 + R-13ci |
R-13 + R-13ci |
R-13 + R-13ci |
R-19 + R-16ci |
Steel framed | R-13 + R-10ci |
R-19 + R-8.5ci |
R-13 + R-12.5ci |
R-19 + R-14ci |
Wood framed and other | R-21 int | R-21 int | R-13 + R-7.5ci or R-20 + R-3.8ci |
R-21 + R-5ci |
Walls, Below Grade | ||||
Below-grade walld | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors | ||||
Mass | R-30ci | R-30ci | R-30ci | R-30ci |
Joist/framing | R-30e | R-30e | R-38e | R-38e |
Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
Unheated slabs | R-15 for 24" below | R-20 for 24" below | R-20 for 48" below | R-25 for 48" below |
Heated slabsd | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab |
Opaque Doors | ||||
Swinging | U-0.37 | U-0.37 | U-0.37 | U-0.37 |
Roll-up or sliding | R-4.75 | R-4.75 | R-4.75 | R-4.75 |
For SI: | 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ci = Continuous insulation. NR = No requirement. |
LS = | Liner System -- A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. |
a Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. | |
b Where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block shall be provided, otherwise use the U-factor compliance method in Table C402.1.2. | |
c R-5.7ci is allowed to be substituted with concrete block walls complying with ASTM C 90, ungrouted or partially grouted at 32 inches or less on center vertically and 48 inches or less on center horizontally, with ungrouted cores filled with materials having a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.44 Btu-in/h-ft2 °F. | |
d Where heated slabs are below grade, below-grade walls shall comply with the exterior insulation requirements for heated slabs. | |
e Steel floor joist systems shall be insulated to R-38 + R-10ci. | |
f For roof, wall or floor assemblies where the proposed assembly would not be continuous insulation, two alternate nominal R-value compliance options for assemblies with isolated metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are: |
Assemblies with true continuous insulation (criteria in table) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, but less than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, but less than 0.0008 (less than 0.08%) |
R-11.4ci | R-14.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-17.1 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13.3ci | R-16.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-20.0 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-15.2ci | R-19.0 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-22.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-30ci | R-38 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-45 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-38ci | R-48 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-57 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R7.5ci | R-13 + R9.4 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R11.3 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R10ci | R-13 + R12.5 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R15 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R12.5ci | R-13 + R15.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R18.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R13ci | R-13 + R16.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + 20 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R8.5ci | R-19 + R10.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R12.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R14ci | R-19 + R17.5 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R21 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R16ci | R-19 + R20 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R24 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-20 + R3.8ci | R-20 + R4.8 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-20 + R5.7 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-21 + R5ci | R-21 + R6.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-21 + R7.5 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
1. The ratio of the cross-sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is: | |
i. Less than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%). | |
ii. Equal to or greater than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%), but less than 0.0008 (less than 0.08%). | |
2. The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. | |
3. Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross-sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the overall opaque wall area. |
Table C402.2
Opaque Thermal Envelope Requirementsa, f
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 | 6 | ||
All Other | Group R | All Other | Group R | |
Roofs | ||||
Insulation entirely above deck | R-30ci | R-38ci | R-30ci | R-38ci |
Metal buildings (with R-5 thermal blocks)a, b | 25 + R-11 LS |
25 + R-11 LS |
R-25 + R-11 LS |
R-30 + R-11 LS |
Attic and other | R-49 | R-49 | R-49 | R-49 |
Walls, Above Grade | ||||
Mass | R-9.5ci | R-13.3ci | R-11.4ci | R-15.2ci |
Metal building | R-13 + R-13ci |
R-13 + R-13ci |
R-13 + R-13ci |
R-19 + R-16ci |
Steel framed | R-13 + R-10ci |
R-19 + R-8.5ci |
R-13 + R-12.5ci |
R-19 + R-14ci |
Wood framed and other | R-21 int | R-21 int | R-13 + R-7.5ci or R-20 + R-3.8ci |
R-21 + R-5ci |
Walls, Below Grade | ||||
Below-grade walld | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors | ||||
Mass | R-30ci | R-30ci | R-30ci | R-30ci |
Joist/framing | R-30e | R-30e | R-38e | R-38e |
Slab-on-Grade Floors | ||||
Unheated slabs | R-15 for 24" below | R-20 for 24" below | R-20 for 48" below | R-25 for 48" below |
Heated slabsd | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab |
Opaque Doors | ||||
Swinging | U-0.37 | U-0.37 | U-0.37 | U-0.37 |
Roll-up or sliding | R-4.75 | R-4.75 | R-4.75 | R-4.75 |
For SI: | 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ci = Continuous insulation. NR = No requirement. |
LS = | Liner system -- A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. |
g Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. | |
h Where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block shall be provided, otherwise use the U-factor compliance method in Table C402.1.2. | |
i R-5.7ci is allowed to be substituted with concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90, ungrouted or partially grouted at 32 inches or less on center vertically and 48 inches or less on center horizontally, with ungrouted cores filled with materials having a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.44 Btu-in/h-ft2 °F. | |
j Where heated slabs are below grade, below-grade walls shall comply with the exterior insulation requirements for heated slabs. | |
k Steel floor joist systems shall be insulated to R-38 + R-10ci. | |
l For roof, wall or floor assemblies where the proposed assembly would not be continuous insulation, two alternate nominal R-value compliance options for assemblies with isolated metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are: |
Assemblies with true continuous insulation (criteria in table) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, but less than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, but less than 0.0008 (less than 0.08%) |
R-11.4ci | R-14.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-17.1 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13.3ci | R-16.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-20.0 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-15.2ci | R-19.0 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-22.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-30ci | R-38 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-45 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-38ci | R-48 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-57 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R7.5ci | R-13 + R9.4 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R11.3 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R10ci | R-13 + R12.5 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R15 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R12.5ci | R-13 + R15.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + R18.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-13 + R13ci | R-13 + R16.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-13 + 20 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R8.5ci | R-19 + R10.6 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R12.8 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R14ci | R-19 + R17.5 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R21 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-19 + R16ci | R-19 + R20 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-19 + R24 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-20 + R3.8ci | R-20 + R4.8 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-20 + R5.7 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
R-21 + R5ci | R-21 + R6.3 w/ < 0.0004 metal penetrations | R-21 + R7.5 w/ < 0.0008 metal penetrations |
1. The ratio of the cross-sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is: | |
i. Less than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%). | |
ii. Equal to or greater than 0.0004 (less than 0.04%), but less than 0.0008 (less than 0.08%). | |
2. The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. | |
3. Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross-sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the overall opaque wall area. |
[]
C402.2.1 Roof assembly. The minimum thermal resistance
(R-value) of the insulating material installed either between
the roof framing or continuously on the roof assembly shall be
as specified in Table C402.2, based on construction materials
used in the roof assembly. Skylight curbs shall be insulated
to the level of roofs with insulation entirely above deck or
R-5, whichever is less.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Continuously insulated roof assemblies where the thickness of insulation varies 1 inch (25 mm) or less and where the area-weighted U-factor is equivalent to the same assembly with the R-value specified in Table C402.2. |
2. Unit skylight curbs included as a component of an NFRC 100 rated assembly shall not be required to be insulated. |
C402.2.1.1 Roof solar reflectance and thermal emittance.
Low-sloped roofs, with a slope less than 2 units vertical in
12 horizontal, directly above cooled conditioned spaces in
Climate Zones 1, 2, and 3 shall comply with one or more of the
options in Table C402.2.1.1.
EXCEPTIONS: | The following roofs and portions of roofs are exempt from the requirements in Table C402.2.1.1: |
1. Portions of roofs that include or are covered by: | |
1.1. Photovoltaic systems or components. | |
1.2. Solar air or water heating systems or components. | |
1.3. Roof gardens or landscaped roofs. | |
1.4. Above-roof decks or walkways. | |
1.5. Skylights. | |
1.6. HVAC systems, components, and other opaque objects mounted above the roof. | |
2. Portions of roofs shaded during the peak sun angle on the summer solstice by permanent features of the building, or by permanent features of adjacent buildings. | |
3. Portions of roofs that are ballasted with a minimum stone ballast of 17 pounds per square foot (psf) (74 kg/m2) or 23 psf (117 kg/m2) pavers. | |
4. Roofs where a minimum of 75 percent of the roof area meets a minimum of one of the exceptions above. |
[]
Reflectance and Emittance Optionsa
Three-year aged solar reflectanceb of 0.55 and three-year aged thermal emittancec of 0.75 |
Initial solar reflectanceb of 0.70 and initial thermal emittancec of 0.75 |
Three-year-aged solar reflectance indexd of 64 initial solar reflectance indexd of 82 |
a The use of area-weighted averages to meet these requirements shall be permitted. Materials lacking initial tested values for either solar reflectance or thermal emittance, shall be assigned both an initial solar reflectance of 0.10 and an initial thermal emittance of 0.90. Materials lacking three-year aged tested values for either solar reflectance or thermal emittance shall be assigned both a three-year aged solar reflectance of 0.10 and a three-year aged thermal emittance of 0.90. | |
b Solar reflectance tested in accordance with ASTM C 1549, ASTM E 903 or ASTM E 1918. | |
c Thermal emittance tested in accordance with ASTM C 1371 or ASTM E 408. | |
d Solar reflectance index (SRI) shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1980 using a convection coefficient of 2.1 Btu/h x ft2 x °F (12W/m2 x K). Calculation of aged SRI shall be based on aged tested values of solar reflectance and thermal emittance. Calculation of initial SRI shall be based on initial tested values of solar reflectance and thermal emittance. |
[]
C402.2.2 Classification of walls. Walls associated with the
building envelope shall be classified in accordance with
Section C202.
[]
C402.2.3 Thermal resistance of above-grade walls. The minimum
thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulating materials
installed in the wall cavity between the framing members and
continuously on the walls shall be as specified in Table
C402.2, based on framing type and construction materials used
in the wall assembly. The R-value of integral insulation
installed in concrete masonry units (CMU) shall not be used in
determining compliance with Table C402.2.
"Mass walls" shall include walls weighing not less than:
1. 35 psf (170 kg/m2) of wall surface area; or
2. 25 psf (120 kg/m2) of wall surface area if the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (1,900 kg/m3).
[]
C402.2.4 Thermal resistance of below-grade walls. The minimum
thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
installed in, or continuously on, the below-grade walls shall
be as specified in Table C402.2.
[]
C402.2.5 Floors over outdoor air or unconditioned space. The
minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulating
material installed either between the floor framing or
continuously on the floor assembly shall be as specified in
Table C402.2, based on construction materials used in the
floor assembly.
"Mass floors" shall include floors weighing not less than:
1. 35 psf (170 kg/m2) of floor surface area; or
2. 25 psf (120 kg/m2) of floor surface area if the material weight is not more than 12 pcf (1,900 kg/m3).
[]
C402.2.6 Slabs on grade. Where the slab on grade is in
contact with the ground, the minimum thermal resistance
(R-value) of the insulation around the perimeter of unheated
or heated slab-on-grade floors shall be as specified in Table
C402.2. The insulation shall be placed on the outside of the
foundation or on the inside of the foundation wall. The
insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab for
a minimum distance as shown in the table or to the top of the
footing, whichever is less, or downward to at least the bottom
of the slab and then horizontally to the interior or exterior
for the total distance shown in the table. Insulation
extending away from the building shall be protected by
pavement or by a minimum of 10 inches (254 mm) of soil.
EXCEPTION: | Where the slab-on-grade floor is greater than 24 inches (61 mm) below the finished exterior grade, perimeter insulation is not required. |
[]
C402.2.7 Opaque doors. Opaque doors (doors having less than
50 percent glass area) shall meet the applicable requirements
for doors as specified in Table C402.2 and be considered as
part of the gross area of above-grade walls that are part of
the building envelope.
[]
C402.2.8 Insulation of radiant heating systems. Radiant
panels, and associated U-bends and headers, designed for
sensible heating of an indoor space through heat transfer from
the thermally effective panel surfaces to the occupants or
indoor space by thermal radiation and natural convection and
the bottom surfaces of floor structures incorporating radiant
heating shall be insulated with a minimum of R-3.5 (0.62 m2/K ×
W).
[]
C402.3 Fenestration (Prescriptive). Fenestration shall comply
with Table C402.3. Automatic daylighting controls specified
by this section shall comply with Section C405.2.2.3.2.
[]
Building Envelope Requirements -- Fenestration
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 | 6 |
Vertical Fenestration | ||
U-factor | ||
Nonmetal framing (all)a | 0.30 | 0.30 |
Metal framing (fixed)b | 0.38 | 0.36 |
Metal framing (operable)c | 0.40 | 0.40 |
Metal framing (entrance doors)d | 0.60 | 0.60 |
SHGC | ||
SHGC | 0.40 | 0.40 |
Skylights | ||
U-factor | 0.50 | 0.50 |
SHGC | 0.35 | 0.35 |
NR = | No requirement. |
a "Nonmetal framing" includes framing materials other than metal, with or without metal reinforcing or cladding. | |
b "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or without thermal break. "Fixed" includes curtain wall, storefront, picture windows, and other fixed windows. | |
c "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or without thermal break. "Operable" includes openable fenestration products other than "entrance doors." | |
d "Metal framing" includes metal framing, with or without thermal break. "Entrance door" includes glazed swinging entrance doors. Other doors which are not entrance doors, including sliding glass doors, are considered "operable." |
[]
C402.3.1 Maximum area. The vertical fenestration area (not
including opaque doors and opaque spandrel panels) shall not
exceed 30 percent of the gross above-grade wall area. The
skylight area shall not exceed 3 percent of the gross roof
area.
C402.3.1.1 Increased vertical fenestration area with
daylighting controls. In Climate Zones 1 through 6, a maximum
of 40 percent of the gross above-grade wall area shall be
permitted to be vertical fenestration, provided:
1. No less than 50 percent of the conditioned floor area is within a daylight zone;
2. Automatic daylighting controls are installed in daylight zones; and
3. Visible transmittance (VT) of vertical fenestration is greater than or equal to 1.1 times solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC).
EXCEPTION: | Fenestration that is outside the scope of NFRC 200 is not required to comply with Item 3. |
[]
C402.3.2 Minimum skylight fenestration area. In an enclosed
space greater than 10,000 square feet (929 m2), directly under
a roof with ceiling heights greater than 15 feet (4572 mm),
and used as an office, lobby, atrium, concourse, corridor,
storage, gymnasium/exercise center, convention center,
automotive service, manufacturing, nonrefrigerated warehouse,
retail store, distribution/sorting area, transportation, or
workshop, the total daylight zone under skylights shall be not
less than half the floor area and shall provide a minimum
skylight area to daylight zone under skylights of either:
1. Not less than 3 percent with a skylight VT of at least 0.40; or
2. Provide a minimum skylight effective aperture of at least 1 percent determined in accordance with Equation C4-1.
where: | ||
Skylight area | = | Total fenestration area of skylights. |
Skylight VT | = | Area weighted average visible transmittance of skylights. |
WF | = | Area weighted average well factor, where well factor is 0.9 if light well depth is less than 2 feet (610 mm), or 0.7 if light well depth is 2 feet (610 mm) or greater. |
Light well depth | = | Measure vertically from the underside of the lowest point of the skylight glazing to the ceiling plane under the skylight. |
EXCEPTION: | Skylights above daylight zones of enclosed spaces are not required in: |
1. Buildings in Climate Zones 6 through 8. | |
2. Spaces where the designed general lighting power densities are less than 0.5 W/ft2 (5.4 W/m2). | |
3. Areas where it is documented that existing structures or natural objects block direct beam sunlight on at least half of the roof over the enclosed area for more than 1,500 daytime hours per year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. | |
4. Spaces where the daylight zone under rooftop monitors is greater than 50 percent of the enclosed space floor area. |
EXCEPTION: | Skylights above daylight zones of enclosed spaces are not required in: |
1. Buildings in Climate Zones 6 through 8. | |
2. Spaces where the designed general lighting power densities are less than 0.5 W/ft2 (5.4 W/m2). | |
3. Areas where it is documented that existing structures or natural objects block direct beam sunlight on at least half of the roof over the enclosed area for more than 1,500 daytime hours per year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. | |
4. Spaces where the daylight zone under rooftop monitors is greater than 50 percent of the enclosed space floor area. |
EXCEPTION: | Skylights designed to exclude direct sunlight entering the occupied space by the use of fixed or automated baffles, or the geometry of skylight and light well need not comply with Section C402.3.2.2. |
[]
C402.3.3 Maximum U-factor and SHGC. For vertical
fenestration, the maximum U-factor and solar heat gain
coefficient (SHGC) shall be as specified in Table C402.3,
based on the window projection factor. For skylights, the
maximum U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) shall
be as specified in Table C402.3.
The window projection factor shall be determined in accordance with Equation C4-2.
PF = A/B
where: | ||
PF | = | Projection factor (decimal). |
A | = | Distance measured horizontally from the furthest continuous extremity of any overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading device to the vertical surface of the glazing. |
B | = | Distance measured vertically from the bottom of the glazing to the underside of the overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading device. |
C402.3.3.1 SHGC adjustment. Where the fenestration projection
factor for a specific vertical fenestration product is greater
than or equal to 0.2, the required maximum SHGC from Table
C402.3 shall be adjusted by multiplying the required maximum
SHGC by the multiplier specified in Table C402.3.3.1
corresponding with the orientation of the fenestration product
and the projection factor.
SHGC Adjustment Multipliers
PROJECTION FACTOR | ORIENTED WITHIN 45 DEGREES OF TRUE NORTH | ALL OTHER ORIENTATION |
0.2 ≤ PF < 0.5 | 1.1 | 1.2 |
PF ≥ 0.5 | 1.2 | 1.6 |
C402.3.3.3 Reserved.
C402.3.3.4 Reserved.
C402.3.3.5 Dynamic glazing. For compliance with Section
C402.3.3, the SHGC for dynamic glazing shall be determined
using the manufacturer's lowest-rated SHGC, and the VT/SHGC
ratio shall be determined using the maximum VT and maximum
SHGC. Dynamic glazing shall be considered separately from
other fenestration, and area-weighted averaging with other
fenestration that is not dynamic glazing shall not be
permitted.
[]
C402.3.4 Area-weighted U-factor. An area-weighted average
shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements for
each fenestration product category listed in Table C402.3.
Individual fenestration products from different fenestration
product categories listed in Table C402.3 shall not be
combined in calculating area-weighted average U-factor.
[]
C402.4 Air leakage (Mandatory). The thermal envelope of
buildings shall comply with Sections C402.4.1 through
C402.4.8.
[]
C402.4.1 Air barriers. A continuous air barrier shall be
provided throughout the building thermal envelope. The air
barriers shall be permitted to be located on the inside or
outside of the building envelope, located within the
assemblies composing the envelope, or any combination thereof.
The air barrier shall comply with Sections C402.4.1.1 and
C402.4.1.2.
EXCEPTION: | Air barriers are not required in buildings located in Climate Zones 1, 2 and 3. |
1. The air barrier shall be continuous for all assemblies that are the thermal envelope of the building and across the joints and assemblies.
2. Air barrier joints and seams shall be sealed, including sealing transitions in places and changes in materials. Air barrier penetrations shall be sealed in accordance with Section C402.4.2. The joints and seals shall be securely installed in or on the joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to resist positive and negative pressure from wind, stack effect and mechanical ventilation.
3. Recessed lighting fixtures shall comply with Section C404.2.8. Where similar objects are installed which penetrate the air barrier, provisions shall be made to maintain the integrity of the air barrier.
EXCEPTION: | Buildings that comply with Section C402.4.1.2.3 are not required to comply with Items 1 and 3. |
C402.4.1.2.1 Materials. Materials with an air permeability no
greater than 0.004 cfm/ft2 (0.02 L/s • m2) under a pressure
differential of 0.3 inches water gauge (w.g.) (75 Pa) when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178 shall comply with this
section. Materials in Items 1 through 15 shall be deemed to
comply with this section provided joints are sealed and
materials are installed as air barriers in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Plywood with a thickness of not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm).
2. Oriented strand board having a thickness of not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm).
3. Extruded polystyrene insulation board having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm).
4. Foil-back polyisocyanurate insulation board having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm).
5. Closed cell spray foam a minimum density of 1.5 pcf (2.4 kg/m3) having a thickness of not less than 1 1/2 inches (36 mm).
6. Open cell spray foam with a density between 0.4 and 1.5 pcf (0.6 and 2.4 kg/m3) and having a thickness of not less than 4.5 inches (113 mm).
7. Exterior or interior gypsum board having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm).
8. Cement board having a thickness of not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm).
9. Built up roofing membrane.
10. Modified bituminous roof membrane.
11. Fully adhered single-ply roof membrane.
12. A Portland cement/sand parge, or gypsum plaster having a thickness of not less than 5/8 inch (16 mm).
13. Cast-in-place and precast concrete.
14. Fully grouted concrete block masonry.
15. Sheet steel or aluminum.
C402.4.1.2.2 Assemblies. Assemblies of materials and
components with an average air leakage not to exceed 0.04
cfm/ft2 (0.2 L/s • m2) under a pressure differential of 0.3
inches of water gauge (w.g.)(75 Pa) when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 2357, ASTM E 1677 or ASTM E 283 shall comply with
this section. Assemblies listed in Items 1 and 2 shall be
deemed to comply provided joints are sealed and requirements
of Section C402.4.1.1 are met.
1. Concrete masonry walls coated with one application either of block filler and two applications of a paint or sealer coating;
2. A Portland cement/sand parge, stucco or plaster minimum 1/2 inch (12 mm) in thickness.
C402.4.1.2.3 Building test. The completed building shall be
tested and the air leakage rate of the building envelope shall
not exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2 at a pressure differential of 0.3
inches water gauge (2.0 L/s • m2 at 75 Pa) in accordance with
ASTM E 779 or an equivalent method approved by the code
official.
[]
C402.4.2 Air barrier penetrations. Penetrations of the air
barrier and paths of air leakage shall be caulked, gasketed or
otherwise sealed in a manner compatible with the construction
materials and location. Joints and seals shall be sealed in
the same manner or taped or covered with a moisture
vapor-permeable wrapping material. Sealing materials shall be
appropriate to the construction materials being sealed. The
joints and seals shall be securely installed in or on the
joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen or
otherwise impair its ability to resist positive and negative
pressure from wind, stack effect and mechanical ventilation.
[]
C402.4.3 Air leakage of fenestration. The air leakage of
fenestration assemblies shall meet the provisions of Table
C402.4.3. Testing shall be in accordance with the applicable
reference test standard in Table C402.4.3 by an accredited,
independent testing laboratory and labeled by the
manufacturer.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Field-fabricated fenestration assemblies that are sealed in accordance with Section C402.4.1. |
2. Fenestration in buildings that comply with Section C402.4.1.2.3 are not required to meet the air leakage requirements in Table C402.4.3. | |
3. Custom exterior windows and doors manufactured by a small business provided they meet the applicable provisions of Chapter 24 of the International Building Code. Once visual inspection has confirmed the presence of a gasket, operable windows and doors manufactured by small business shall be permitted to be sealed off at the frame prior to the test. |
Maximum Air Infiltration Rate
for Fenestration Assemblies
FENESTRATION ASSEMBLY | MAXIMUM RATE (CFM/FT2) | TEST PROCEDURE |
Windows | 0.20a | AAMA/ WDMA/ |
Sliding doors | 0.20a | |
Swinging doors | 0.20a | CSA101/I.S.2 /A440 |
Skylights - With condensation weepage openings | 0.30 | or NFRC 400 |
Skylights - All other | 0.20a | |
Curtain walls | 0.06 | NFRC 400 or |
Storefront glazing | 0.06 | ASTM E 283 at |
Commercial glazed swinging entrance doors | 1.00 | 1.57 psf (75 Pa) |
Revolving doors | 1.00 | |
Garage doors | 0.40 | ANSI/DASMA 105, NFRC 400, or ASTM E 283 at |
Rolling doors | 1.00 | 1.57 psf (75 Pa) |
For SI: | 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.47 L/s, 1 square foot = 0.093 m2. |
a The maximum rate for windows, sliding and swinging doors, and skylights is permitted to be 0.3 cfm per square foot of fenestration or door area when tested in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440 at 6.24 psf (300 Pa). |
[]
C402.4.4 Doors and access openings to shafts, chutes,
stairways, and elevator lobbies. Doors and access openings
from conditioned space to shafts, chutes, stairways and
elevator lobbies shall either meet the requirements of Section
C402.4.3 or shall be gasketed, weatherstripped or sealed.
EXCEPTION: | Door openings required to comply with Section 715 or 715.4 of the International Building Code; or doors and door openings required by the International Building Code to comply with UL 1784 shall not be required to comply with Section C402.4.4. |
[]
C402.4.5 Air intakes, exhaust openings, stairways and shafts.
Stairway enclosures and elevator shaft vents and other outdoor
air intakes and exhaust openings integral to the building
envelope shall be provided with dampers in accordance with
Sections C402.4.5.1 and C402.4.5.2.
C402.4.5.1 Stairway and shaft vents. Stairway and shaft vents
shall be provided with Class I motorized dampers with a
maximum leakage rate of 4 cfm/ft2 (20.3 L/s • m2) at 1.0 inch
water gauge (w.g.) (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with
AMCA 500D.
Stairway and shaft vent dampers shall be installed with controls so that they are capable of automatically opening upon:
1. The activation of any fire alarm initiating device of the building's fire alarm system; or
2. The interruption of power to the damper.
C402.4.5.2 Outdoor air intakes and exhausts. Outdoor air
supply, exhaust openings and relief outlets shall be provided
with Class IA motorized dampers which close automatically when
the system is off. Return air dampers shall be equipped with
motorized dampers. Dampers shall have a maximum leakage rate
of 4 cfm/ft2 (20.3 L/s • m2) at 1.0 inch water gauge (w.g.)
(249 Pa) when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers having a maximum leakage rate of 20 cfm/ft2 (101.6 L/s • m2) at 1.0 inch water gauge (w.g.) (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D are permitted to be used for relief openings in buildings less than three stories in height above grade if equipment has less than 5,000 cfm total supply flow. |
2. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers for ventilation air intakes shall be protected from direct exposure to wind. | |
3. Gravity dampers smaller than 24 inches (610 mm) in either dimension shall be permitted to have a leakage of 40 cfm/ft2 (203.2 L/s • m2) at 1.0 inch water gauge (w.g.) (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D. | |
4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers in Group R occupancies where the design outdoor air intake or exhaust capacity does not exceed 400 cfm (189 L/s). |
[]
C402.4.6 Loading dock weatherseals. Cargo doors and loading
dock doors shall be equipped with weatherseals to restrict
infiltration when vehicles are parked in the doorway.
[]
C402.4.7 Vestibules. All building entrances shall be
protected with an enclosed vestibule, with all doors opening
into and out of the vestibule equipped with self-closing
devices. Vestibules shall be designed so that in passing
through the vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and
exterior doors to open at the same time. The installation of
one or more revolving doors in the building entrance shall not
eliminate the requirement that a vestibule be provided on any
doors adjacent to revolving doors.
Interior and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance between them of not less than 7 feet. The exterior envelope of conditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space. Either the interior or exterior envelope of unconditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space. The building lobby is not considered a vestibule.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Buildings in Climate Zones 1 and 2. |
2. Doors not intended to be used by the public, such as doors to mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, or intended solely for employee use. | |
3. Doors opening directly from a sleeping unit or dwelling unit. | |
4. Doors that open directly from a space less than 3,000 square feet (298 m2) in area and are separate from the building entrance. | |
5. Revolving doors. | |
6. Doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling and adjacent personnel doors. | |
7. Building entrances in buildings that are less than four stories above grade and less than 10,000 ft2 in area. | |
8. Elevator doors in parking garages provided that the elevators have an enclosed lobby at each level of the garage. |
[]
C402.4.8 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed in
the building thermal envelope shall be sealed to limit air
leakage between conditioned and unconditioned spaces. All
recessed luminaires shall be IC-rated and labeled as having an
air leakage rate or not more than 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75 Pa)
pressure differential. All recessed luminaires shall be
sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior
wall or ceiling covering.
[]
C402.5 Walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers. Walk-in coolers
and walk-in freezers shall comply with all of the following:
1. Shall be equipped with automatic door closers that firmly close walk-in doors that have been closed to within 1 inch of full closure.
EXCEPTION: | Doors wider than 3 feet 9 inches or taller than 7 feet. |
3. Walk-in coolers shall contain wall, ceiling, and door insulation of at least R-25 and walk-in freezers at least R-32.
EXCEPTION: | Glazed portions of doors or structural members. |
5. Transparent reach-in doors for walk-in freezers and windows in walk-in freezer doors shall be of triple-pane glass, either filled with inert gas or with heat-reflective treated glass.
6. Transparent reach-in doors for walk-in coolers and windows in walk-in cooler doors shall be double-pane glass with heat-reflective treated glass and gas filled; or triple-pane glass, either filled with inert gas or with heat-reflective treated glass.
[]
C402.6 Refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers. Refrigerated warehouse coolers and
refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with all of the
following:
1. Shall be equipped with automatic door closers that firmly close walk-in doors that have been closed to within 1 inch of full closure.
EXCEPTION: | Doors wider than 3 feet 9 inches or taller than 7 feet. |
3. Refrigerated warehouse coolers shall contain wall, ceiling, and door insulation of at least R-25 and refrigerated warehouse freezers at least R-32.
EXCEPTION: | Glazed portions of doors or structural members. |
5. Transparent reach-in doors for refrigerated warehouse freezers and windows in refrigerated warehouse freezer doors shall be of triple-pane glass, either filled with inert gas or with heat-reflective treated glass.
6. Transparent reach-in doors for refrigerated warehouse coolers and windows in refrigerated warehouse cooler doors shall be double-pane glass with heat-reflective treated glass and gas filled; or triple-pane glass, either filled with inert gas or with heat-reflective treated glass.
[]
OTS-4948.1
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40300
Section C403 -- Mechanical systems.
[]
C403.1 General. Mechanical systems and equipment serving
heating, cooling, ventilating, and other needs shall comply
with Section C403.2 (referred to as the mandatory provisions)
and either:
1. Section C403.3 (Simple systems); or
2. Section C403.4 (Complex systems).
EXCEPTION: | Energy using equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process other than for conditioning spaces or maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants and not otherwise regulated by C403.2.3, Tables C403.2.1 (1) through (9) inclusive, C403.2.4.5, C403.2.5.4, C403.2.8, C403.2.13, C403.4.6, C403.5, C403.6, C404.2, or Table C404.2. Data center HVAC equipment is not covered by this exception. |
[]
C403.2 Provisions applicable to all mechanical systems
(Mandatory). Mechanical systems and equipment serving the
building heating, cooling or ventilating needs shall comply
with Sections C403.2.1 through C403.2.11.
[]
C403.2.1 Calculation of heating and cooling loads. Design
loads shall be determined in accordance with the procedures
described in ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183. The design loads
shall account for the building envelope, lighting, ventilation
and occupancy loads based on the project design. Heating and
cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reductions
that are achieved where energy recovery systems are utilized
in the HVAC system in accordance with the ASHRAE HVAC Systems
and Equipment Handbook. Alternatively, design loads shall be
determined by an approved equivalent computation procedure,
using the design parameters specified in Chapter 3.
[]
C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing. The output capacity of
heating and cooling equipment and systems shall not exceed the
loads calculated in accordance with Section C403.2.1. A
single piece of equipment providing both heating and cooling
shall satisfy this provision for one function with the
capacity for the other function as small as possible, within
available equipment options.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Required standby equipment and systems provided with controls and devices that allow such systems or equipment to operate automatically only when the primary equipment is not operating. |
2. Multiple units of the same equipment type with combined capacities exceeding the design load and provided with controls that have the capability to sequence the operation of each unit based on load. |
[]
C403.2.3 HVAC equipment performance requirements. Equipment
shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements of Tables
C403.2.3(1), C403.2.3(2), C403.2.3(3), C403.2.3(4),
C403.2.3(5), C403.2.3(6), C403.2.3(7) and C403.2.3(8) when
tested and rated in accordance with the applicable test
procedure. Plate-type liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers shall
meet the minimum requirements of Table C403.2.3(9). The
efficiency shall be verified through certification and listed
under an approved certification program or, if no
certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings
shall be supported by data furnished by the manufacturer.
Where multiple rating conditions or performance requirements
are provided, the equipment shall satisfy all stated
requirements. Where components, such as indoor or outdoor
coils, from different manufacturers are used, calculations and
supporting data shall be furnished by the designer that
demonstrates that the combined efficiency of the specified
components meets the requirements herein.
Gas-fired and oil-fired forced air furnaces with input ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating.
Chilled water plants and buildings with more than 500 tons total capacity shall not have more than 100 tons provided by air-cooled chillers.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where the designer demonstrates that the water quality at the building site fails to meet manufacturer's specifications for the use of water-cooled equipment. |
2. Air-cooled chillers with minimum efficiencies at least 10 percent higher than those listed in Table C403.2.3(7). | |
3. Replacement of existing equipment. |
Adjusted minimum full-load COP ratings | = | (Full-load COP from Table 6.8.1C of AHRI Standard 550/590) | × | Kadj |
Adjusted minimum NPLV rating | = | (IPLV from Table 6.8.1C of AHRI Standard 550/590) | × | Kadj |
Where: | ||
Kadj | = | A × B |
A | = | 0.0000015318 × (LIFT)4 - 0.000202076 × (LIFT)3 + 0.0101800 × (LIFT)2 - 0.264958 × LIFT + 3.930196 |
B | = | 0.0027 × Lvg Evap (°C) + 0.982 |
LIFT | = | LvgCond - LvgEvap |
LvgCond | = | Full-load condenser leaving water temperature (°C) |
LvgEvap | = | Full-load leaving evaporator temperature (°C) |
SI units shall be used in the Kadj equation. |
1. The leaving evaporator fluid temperature is not less than 36°F (2.2°C).
2. The leaving condenser fluid temperature is not greater than 115°F (46.1°C).
3. LIFT is not less than 20°F (11.1°C) and not greater than 80°F (44.4°C).
EXCEPTION: | Centrifugal chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges need not comply with this code. |
C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating and cooling equipment.
Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling
with a total cooling capacity greater than 20,000 Btu/h shall
be a heat pump.
EXCEPTION: | Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246-320-525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in duct work downstream of final filters. |
2. Systems with water economizer. | |
3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. | |
4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. |
[]
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Electrically Operated Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Units
Minimum Efficiency | ||||||
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Before 6/1/2011 | As of 6/1/2011 | Test Procedurea |
Air conditioners, air cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 13.0 SEER | 13.0 SEER | |
Single Package | 13.0 SEER | 13.0 SEER | ||||
Through-the-wall (air cooled) | ≤ 30,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 12.0 SEER | 12.0 SEER | AHRI 210/240 |
Single Package | 12.0 SEER | 12.0 SEER | ||||
Small-duct high-velocity (air cooled) | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 10.0 SEER | 10.0 SEER | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.2 EER 11.4 IEER |
11.2 EER 11.4 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
|||
Air conditioners, air cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 11.0 IEER |
10.8 EER 11.0 IEER |
|||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 10.0 EER 10.1 IEER |
10.0 EER 10.1 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 9.8 EER 9.9 IEER |
9.8 EER 9.9 IEER |
|||
≥760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 9.7 EER 9.8 IEER |
9.7 EER 9.8 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 9.5 EER 9.6 IEER |
9.5 EER 9.6 IEER |
|||
< 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
AHRI 210/240 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.5 EER 11.7 IEER |
12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.3 EER 11.5 IEER |
11.9 EER 12.1 IEER |
|||
Air conditioners, water cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
12.5 EER 12.7 IEER |
AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 11.0 IEER |
12.3 EER 12.5 IEER |
|||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.1 IEER |
12.4 EER 12.6 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 10.9 IEER |
12.2 EER 12.4 IEER |
|||
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.1 IEER |
12.0 EER 12.4 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 10.9 IEER |
12.0 EER 12.2 IEER |
|||
< 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
AHRI 210/240 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.5 EER 11.7 IEER |
12.1 EER 12.3 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.3 EER 11.5 IEER |
11.9 EER 12.1 IEER |
|||
Air conditioners, evaporatively cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
12.0 EER 12.2 IEER |
AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 11.0 IEER |
11.8 EER 12.0 IEER |
|||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.1 IEER |
11.9 EER 12.1 IEER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 10.9 IEER |
12.2 EER 11.9 IEER |
|||
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.1 EER |
11.7 EER 11.9 EER |
||
All other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 10.9 EER |
11.5 EER 11.7 EER |
|||
Condensing units, air cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | 10.1 EER 11.4 IEER |
10.5 EER 14.0 IEER |
|||
Condensing units, water cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | 13.1 EER 13.6 IEER |
13.5 EER 14.0 IEER |
AHRI 365 | ||
Condensing units, evaporatively cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | 13.1 EER 13.6 IEER |
13.5 EER 14.0 IEER |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. | |
aChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the reference year version of the test procedure. | |
bSingle-phase, air-cooled air conditioners less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA. |
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Air Conditioners and Condensing Units Serving Computer Rooms
Equipment Type | Net Sensible Cooling Capacitya | Minimum Scop-127b Efficiency Downflow Units/upflow Units | Test Procedure |
Air conditioners, air cooled | < 65,000 Btu/h (< 19 kW) | 2.20/2.09 | ANSI/ASHRAE 127 |
> = 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (> = 19 kW and < 70 kW) | 2.10/1.99 | ||
> = 240,000 Btu/h (> = 70 kW) | 1.90/1.79 | ||
Air conditioners, water cooled | < 65,000 Btu/h (< 19 kW) | 2.60/2.49 | ANSI/ASHRAE 127 |
> = 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (> = 19 kW and < 70 kW) | 2.50/2.39 | ||
> = 240,000 Btu/h (> = 70 kW) | 2.40/2.29 | ||
Air conditioners, water cooled with fluid economizer | < 65,000 Btu/h (< 19 kW) | 2.55/2.44 | ANSI/ASHRAE 127 |
> = 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (> = 19 kW and < 70 kW) | 2.45/2.34 | ||
> = 240,000 Btu/h (> = 70 kW) | 2.35/2.24 | ||
Air conditioners, glycol cooled (rated at 40% propylene glycol) | < 65,000 Btu/h (< 19 kW) | 2.50/2.39 | ANSI/ASHRAE 127 |
> = 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (> = 19 kW and < 70 kW) | 2.15/2.04 | ||
> = 240,000 Btu/h (> = 70 kW) | 2.10/1.99 | ||
Air conditioners, glycol cooled (rated at 40% propylene glycol) with fluid economizer | < 65,000 Btu/h (< 19 kW) | 2.45/2.34 | ANSI/ASHRAE 127 |
> = 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (> = 19 kW and < 70 kW) |
2.10/1.99 | ||
> = 240,000 Btu/h (> = 70 kW) | 2.05/1.94 |
aNet sensible cooling capacity: The total gross cooling capacity less the latent cooling less the energy to the air movement system (Total Gross - Latent - Fan Power). | |
b Sensible coefficient of performance (SCOP-127): A ratio calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling capacity in watts by the total power input in watts (excluding reheaters and humidifiers) at conditions defined in ASHRAE Standard 127. The net sensible cooling capacity is the gross sensible capacity minus the energy dissipated into the cooled space by the fan system. |
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow Air Conditioners
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedure |
VRF Air
Conditioners, Air Cooled |
< 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System | 13.0 SEER | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | 11.2 EER 13.1 IEER |
||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h
and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | 11.0 EER 12.9 IEER |
||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-split System | 10.0 EER 11.6 IEER |
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow Air-to-Air and Applied Heat Pumps
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedure |
VRF Air Cooled, (cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System | 13.0 SEER | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | 11.2 EER 12.9 IEER |
||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | 10.8 EER 12.7 IEER |
||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | 10.6 EER 12.3 IEER |
||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | 10.4 EER 12.1 IEER |
||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | 9.5 EER 11.0 IEER |
||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | 9.3 EER 10.8 IEER |
||
VRF Water
Source (cooling mode) |
< 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 86şF entering water |
12.0 EER | AHRI 1230 |
< 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 86şF entering water |
11.8 EER | ||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 86şF entering water |
12.0 EER | ||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 86şF entering water |
11.8 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 86şF entering water |
10.0 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 86şF entering water |
9.8 EER | ||
VRF Groundwater Source (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 59şF entering water |
16.2 EER | AHRI 1230 |
< 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 59şF entering water |
16.0 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 59şF entering water |
13.8 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 59şF entering water |
13.6 EER | ||
VRF Ground Source (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 77şF entering water |
13.4 EER | AHRI 1230 |
< 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 77şF entering water |
13.2 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System 77şF entering water |
11.0 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split
System with
Heat Recovery 77şF entering water |
10.8 EER | ||
VRF Air Cooled (heating mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) |
-- | VRF Multi-Split System | 7.7 HSPF | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | -- | VRF Multi-Split
System 47şF db/43şF
wb outdoor air 17şF db/15şF
wb outdoor air |
3.3 COP 2.25 COP |
||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | -- | VRF Multi-Split
System 47şF db/43şF
wb outdoor air 17şF db/15şF
wb outdoor air |
3.2 COP 2.05 COP |
||
VRF Water
Source (heating mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) |
-- | VRF Multi-Split
System 68şF entering water |
4.2 COP | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | -- | VRF Multi-Split
System 68şF entering water |
3.9 COP | ||
VRF
Groundwater
Source (heating mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) |
-- | VRF Multi-Split
System 50şF entering water |
3.6 COP | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | -- | VRF Multi-Split
System 50şF entering water |
3.3 COP | ||
VRF Ground
Source (heating mode) |
< 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) |
-- | VRF Multi-Split
System 32şF entering water |
3.1 COP | AHRI 1230 |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | -- | VRF Multi-Split
System 32şF entering water |
2.8 COP |
[]
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Electrically Operated Unitary and Applied Heat Pumps
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Air cooled (cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 13.0 SEER | AHRI 210/240 |
Single Packaged | 13.0 SEER | ||||
Through-the-wall, air cooled | ≤ 30,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 13.0 SEER | |
Single Packaged | 13.0 SEER | ||||
Single-duct high-velocity air cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System | 10.0 SEER | |
Air cooled (cooling mode) | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.0 EER 11.2 IEER |
AHRI 340/360 |
All Other | Split System and Single Package | 10.8 EER 11.0 IEER |
|||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 10.6 EER 10.7 IEER |
||
All Other | Split System and Single Package | 10.4 EER 10.5 IEER |
|||
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 9.5 EER 9.6 IEER |
||
All Other | Split System and Single Package | 9.3 EER 9.4 IEER |
|||
Water source (cooling mode) | < 17,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 11.2 EER | ISO 13256-1 |
≥ 17,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 12.0 EER | ||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 12.0 EER | ||
Ground water source (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 59°F entering water | 16.2 EER | |
All | 77°F entering water | 13.4 EER | |||
Water-source water to water (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 10.6 EER | ISO 13256-2 |
59°F entering water | 16.3 EER | ||||
Ground water source brine to water (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 77°F entering fluid | 12.1 EER | |
Air cooled (heating mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hb | — | Split System | 7.7 HSPF | AHRI 210/240 |
— | Single Package | 7.7 HSPF | |||
Through-the-wall, (air cooled, heating mode) | ≤ 30,000 Btu/hb (cooling capacity) | — | Split System | 7.4 HSPF | |
— | Single Package | 7.4 HSPF | |||
Small-duct high velocity (air cooled, heating mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hb | — | Split System | 6.8 HSPF | |
Air cooled (heating mode) |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 47°F db/43şF wb Outdoor Air | 3.3 COP | AHRI 340/360 |
17şF db/15şF wb Outdoor Air | 2.25 COP | ||||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 47°F db/43şF wb Outdoor Air | 3.2 COP | ||
17şF db/15şF wb Outdoor Air | 2.05 COP | ||||
Water source (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 68°F entering water | 4.2 COP | ISO 13256-1 |
Ground water source (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 50°F entering water | 3.6 COP | |
Ground source (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 32°F entering fluid | 3.1 COP | |
Water-source water to water (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 68°F entering water | 3.7 COP | ISO 13256-2 |
— | 50°F entering water | 3.1 COP | |||
Ground source brine to water (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | — | 32°F entering fluid | 2.5 COP |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. | |
aChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the reference year version of the test procedure. | |
bSingle-phase, air-cooled air conditioners less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403233
Table C403.2.3(3) -- Minimum efficiency
requirements -- Electrically operated PTAC, PTHP, SPVAC, SVHP,
room air conditioners.
Minimum Efficiency | |||||
Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Before 10/08/2012 | As of 10/08/2012 | Test Procedurea |
PTAC (cooling mode) new construction | All Capacities | 95°F db outdoor air | 12.5 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | 13.8 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EER | AHRI 310/380 |
PTAC (cooling mode) replacementsb | All Capacities | 95°F db outdoor air | 10.9 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | 10.9 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | |
PTHP (cooling mode) new construction | All Capacities | 95°F db outdoor air | 12.3 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | 14.0 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EER | |
PTHP (cooling mode) replacementsb | All Capacities | 95°F db outdoor air | 10.8 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | 10.8 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EER | |
PTHP (heating mode) new construction | All Capacities | — | 3.2 - (0.026 × Cap/1000) COP | 3.7 - (0.052 × Cap/1000) COP | |
PTHP (heating mode) replacementsb | All Capacities | — | 2.9 - (0.026 × Cap/1000) COP | 2.9 - (0.026 × Cap/1000) COP | |
SPVAC (cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 9.0 EER | 9.0 EER | AHRI 390 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 8.9 EER | 8.9 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 8.6 EER | 8.6 EER | ||
SPVHP (cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 9.0 EER | 9.0 EER | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 8.9 EER | 8.9 EER | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 8.6 EER | 8.6 EER | ||
SPVHP (heating mode) | <65,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.0 COP | 3.0 COP | AHRI 390 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.0 COP | 3.0 COP | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/75°F wb outdoor air | 2.9 COP | 2.9 COP | ||
Room air conditioners, with louvered slides | < 6,000 Btu/h | — | 9.7 SEER | 9.7 SEER | ANSI/AHA-MRAC-1 |
≥ 6,000 Btu/h and < 8,000 Btu/h | — | 9.7 EER | 9.7 EER | ||
≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h | — | 9.8 EER | 9.8 EER | ||
≥ 14,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h | — | 9.7 SEER | 9.7 SEER | ||
≥ 20,000 Btu/h | — | 8.5 EER | 8.5 EER | ||
Room air conditioners, with louvered slides | < 8,000 Btu/h | — | 9.0 EER | 9.0 EER | |
≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h | — | 8.5 EER | 8.5 EER | ||
≥ 20,000 Btu/h | — | 8.5 EER | 8.5 EER | ||
Room air-conditioner heat pumps with louvered sides | < 20,000 Btu/h | — | 9.0 EER | 9.0 EER | |
≥ 20,000 Btu/h | — | 8.5 EER | 8.5 EER | ||
Room air-conditioner heat pumps without louvered sides | < 14,000 Btu/h | — | 8.5 EER | 8.5 EER | |
≥ 14,000 Btu/h | — | 8.0 EER | 8.0 EER | ||
Room air conditioner casement only | All capacities | — | 8.7 EER | 8.7 EER | |
Room air conditioner casement-slider | All capacities | — | 9.5 EER | 9.5 EER |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. | |
"Cap" = The rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h. If the unit's capacity is less than 7000 Btu/h, use 7000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu/h in the calculations. | |
aChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. | |
bReplacement unit shall be factory labeled as follows: "MANUFACTURED FOR REPLACEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY: NOT TO BE INSTALLED IN NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS." Replacement efficiencies apply only to units with existing sleeves less than 16 inches (406 mm) in height and less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in width. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403234
Table C403.2.3(4) -- Minimum efficiency
requirements -- Warm air furnaces and unit heaters.
Warm Air Furnaces and Combination Warm Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyd, e | Test Procedurea |
Warm air furnaces, gas fired | < 225,000 Btu/h | -- | 78% AFUE or 80% Etc | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 or ANSI Z21.47 |
≥ 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityc | 80% Etf | ANSI Z21.47 | |
Warm air furnaces, oil fired | < 225,000 Btu/h | -- | 78% AFUE or 80% Etc | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 or UL 727 |
≥ 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityb | 81% Etg | UL 727 | |
Warm air duct furnaces, gas fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityb | 80% Ec | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, gas fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityb | 80% Ec | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, oil fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityb | 80% Ec | UL 731 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. | |
aChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. | |
bMinimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls. | |
cCombination units not covered by the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (NAECA) (3-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h [19 kW]) shall comply with either rating. |
d Et | = | Thermal efficiency. See test procedure for detailed discussion. | |
e Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion. | |
f Ec | = | Combustion efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jackets not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. | |
g Et | = | Thermal efficiency. Units must also include an IID, have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403235
Table C403.2.3(5) -- Minimum efficiency
requirements -- Gas- and oil-fired boilers.
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers
Equipment Typea | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Size Category (Input) | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedure |
Boilers, hot water | Gas-fired | < 300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/hb |
80% Et | 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | ||
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha | 82% Ec | |||
Oil-firedc | < 300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≥ 2,500,000 Btu/hb |
82% Et | 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | ||
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha | 84% Ec | |||
Boilers, steam | Gas-fired | < 300,000 Btu/h | 75% AFUE | 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
Gas-fired - All, except natural draft | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/hb |
79% Et | 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | |
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha | 79% Et | |||
Gas-fired-natural draft | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/hb |
77% Et | ||
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha | 77% Et | |||
Oil-firedc | < 300,000 Btu/h | 80% AFUE | 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/hb |
81% Et | 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | ||
> 2,500,000 Btu/ha | 81% Et |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). | ||
Et | = | Thermal efficiency. See referenced standard document for detailed information. |
aThese requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8,000,000 Btu/h or less that are not packaged boilers and to all packaged boilers. Minimum efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers. | |
bMaximum capacity minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls. | |
cIncludes oil-fired (residual). |
[]
Reserved
[]
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Water Chilling Packagesa
As of 1/1/2010b | |||||||||
Before 1/1/2010 | Path A | Path B | |||||||
Equipment Type | Size Category | Units | Full Load | IPLV | Full Load | IPLV | Full Load | IPLV | Test Procedurec |
Air cooled chillers | < 150 tons | EER | ≥ 9.562 | ≥10.416 | ≥ 9.562 | ≥ 12.500 | NA | NA | AHRI 550/590 |
≥ 150 tons | EER | ≥ 9.562 | ≥ 12.750 | NA | NA | ||||
Air cooled without condenser, electrical operated | All capacities | EER | ≥ 10.586 | ≥ 11.782 | Air cooled chillers without condensers shall be rated with matching condensers and comply with the air cooled chiller efficiency requirements | ||||
Water cooled, electrically operated, reciprocating | All capacities | kW/ton | ≤ 0.837 | ≤ 0.696 | Reciprocating units shall comply with water cooled positive displacement efficiency requirements | ||||
Water cooled, electrically operated, positive displacement | < 75 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.790 | ≤ 0.676 | ≤ 0.780 | ≤ 0.630 | ≤ 0.800 | ≤ 0.600 | |
≥75 tons and < 150 tons |
kW/ton | ≤ 0.775 | ≤ 0.615 | ≤ 0.790 | ≤ 0.586 | ||||
≥ 150 tons
and < 300 tons |
kW/ton | ≤ 0.717 | ≤ 0.627 | ≤ 0.680 | ≤ 0.580 | ≤ 0.718 | ≤ 0.540 | ||
≥ 300 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.639 | ≤ 0.571 | ≤ 0.620 | ≤ 0.540 | ≤ 0.639 | ≤ 0.490 | ||
Water cooled, electrically operated, centrifugal | < 150 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.703 | ≤ 0.669 | ≤ 0.634 | ≤ 0.596 | ≤ 0.639 | ≤ 0.450 | |
≥ 150 tons
and < 300 tons |
kW/ton | ≤ 0.634 | ≤ 0.596 | ||||||
≥ 300 tons
and < 600 tons |
kW/ton | ≤ 0.576 | ≤ 0.549 | ≤ 0.576 | ≤ 0.549 | ≤ 0.600 | ≤ 0.400 | ||
≥600 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.576 | ≤ 0.549 | ≤ 0.570 | ≤ 0.539 | ≤ 0.590 | ≤ 0.400 | ||
Air cooled, absorption single effect | All capacities | COP | ≥ 0.600 | NR | ≥ 0.600 | NR | NA | NA | AHRI 560 |
Water cooled, absorption single effect | All capacities | COP | ≥ 0.700 | NR | ≥ 0.700 | NR | NA | NA | |
Absorption double effect, indirect fired | All capacities | COP | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.050 | ≥1.000 | ≥ 1.050 | NA | NA | |
Absorption double effect, direct fired | All capacities | COP | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.000 | NA | NA |
For SI: 1 ton = 3517 W, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
NA | = | Not applicable, not to be used for compliance; | ||
NR | = | No requirement. |
a The centrifugal chiller equipment requirements, after adjustment in accordance with Section C403.2.3.1 or Section C403.2.3.2, do not apply to chillers used in low-temperature applications where the design leaving fluid temperature is less than 36şF. The requirements do not apply to positive displacement chillers with leaving fluid temperatures less than or equal to 32şF. The requirements do not apply to absorption chillers with design leaving fluid temperatures less than 40şF. | |
b Compliance with this standard can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or B. However, both the full load and IPLV shall be met to fulfill the requirements of Path A or B. | |
c Chapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403238
Table C403.2.3(8) -- Minimum efficiency
requirements -- Heat rejection equipment.
Minimum Efficiency Requirements -- Heat Rejection Equipment
Equipment Typea | Total System Heat Rejection Capacity at Rated Conditions | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Performance Requiredb, c, d | Test Proceduree, f |
Propeller or axial fan open circuit cooling towers | All | 95°F Entering Water 85°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb |
≥ 38.2 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 |
Centrifugal fan open circuit cooling towers | All | 95°F Entering Water 85°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb |
≥ 20.0 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 |
Propeller or axial fan closed circuit cooling towers | All | 102°F Entering Water 90°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb |
≥ 14.0 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105S and CTI STD-201 |
Centrifugal closed circuit cooling towers | All | 102°F Entering Water 90°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb |
≥ 7.0 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105S and CTI STD-201 |
Air cooled condensers | All | 125°F Condensing Temperature R-22 Test Fluid 190°F Entering Gas Temperature 15°F Subcooling 95°F Entering db |
≥ 176,000 Btu/h • hp |
ARI 460 |
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8, L/s • kW = (gpm/hp)/(11.83), COP = (Btu/h • hp)/(2550.7). |
db | = | dry bulb temperature, °F; | ||
wb | = | wet bulb temperature, °F. |
a The efficiencies and test procedures for both open and closed circuit cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers that contain a combination of wet and dry heat exchange sections. | |
b For purposes of this table, open circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition listed in Table 403.2.3(8) divided by the fan nameplate rated motor power. | |
c For purposes of this table, closed circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition listed in Table 403.2.3(8) divided by the sum of the fan nameplate rated motor power and the spray pump nameplate rated motor power. | |
dFor purposes of this table, air cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant divided by the fan nameplate rated motor power. | |
eChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. | |
fIf a certification program exists for a covered product, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program, or, if a certification program exists for a covered product, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, but the product is not listed in the existing certification program, the ratings shall be verified by an independent laboratory test report. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403239
Table C403.2.3(9) -- Minimum efficiency
requirements -- Heat transfer equipment.
Heat Transfer Equipment
Equipment Type | Subcategory | Minimum Efficiency |
Test Procedurea |
Liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers | Plate type | NR | AHRI 400 |
NR = No requirement. | |
aChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
[]
C403.2.4 HVAC system controls. Each heating and cooling
system shall be provided with thermostatic controls as
specified in Section C403.2.4.1, C403.2.4.2, C403.2.4.3,
C403.2.4.4, C403.4.1, C403.4.2, C403.4.3 or C403.4.4.
[]
C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls. The supply of heating and
cooling energy to each zone shall be controlled by individual
thermostatic controls capable of responding to temperature
within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall
be considered as a separate zone. Controls on systems
required to have economizers and serving single zones shall
have multiple cooling stage capability and that activate the
economizer when appropriate as the first stage of cooling.
See Section C403.3.1 or C403.4.1 for further economizer
control requirements. Where humidification or
dehumidification or both is provided, at least one humidity
control device shall be provided for each humidity control
system.
EXCEPTION: | Independent perimeter systems that are designed to offset only building envelope heat losses or gains or both serving one or more perimeter zones also served by an interior system provided: |
1. The perimeter system includes at least one thermostatic control zone for each building exposure having exterior walls facing only one orientation (within +/-45 degrees) (0.8 rad) for more than 50 contiguous feet (15,240 mm); and | |
2. The perimeter system heating and cooling supply is controlled by a thermostat located within the zones served by the system. |
EXCEPTION: | Packaged terminal heat pumps (PTHPs) of less than 2 tons (24,000 Btu/hr) cooling capacity provided with controls that prevent supplementary heater operation above 40°F. |
[]
C403.2.4.2 Setpoint overlap restriction. Where used to
control both heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls
shall provide a temperature range or deadband of at least 5°F
(2.8°C) within which the supply of heating and cooling energy
to the zone is capable of being shut off or reduced to a
minimum.
EXCEPTION: | Thermostats requiring manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. |
[]
C403.2.4.3 Off-hour controls. For all occupancies other than
Group R, each zone shall be provided with thermostatic setback
controls that are controlled by either an automatic time clock
or programmable control system.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Zones that will be operated continuously. |
2. Zones with a full HVAC load demand not exceeding 6,800 Btu/h (2 kW) and having a readily accessible manual shutoff switch. |
C403.2.4.3.2 Automatic setback and shutdown capabilities.
Automatic time clock or programmable controls shall be capable
of starting and stopping the system for seven different daily
schedules per week and retaining their programming and time
setting during a loss of power for at least 10 hours.
Additionally, the controls shall have a manual override that
allows temporary operation of the system for up to 2 hours; a
manually operated timer capable of being adjusted to operate
the system for up to 2 hours; or an occupancy sensor.
C403.2.4.3.3 Automatic start capabilities. Automatic start
controls shall be provided for each HVAC system. The controls
shall be capable of automatically adjusting the daily start
time of the HVAC system in order to bring each space to the
desired occupied temperature immediately prior to scheduled
occupancy.
[]
C403.2.4.4 Shutoff damper controls. Both outdoor air supply
and exhaust ducts shall be equipped with motorized dampers
that will automatically shut when the systems or spaces served
are not in use or during building warm-up, cooldown, and
setback.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Gravity relief dampers serving systems less than 5,000 cfm total supply shall be permitted in buildings less than three stories in height. |
2. Gravity dampers shall be permitted for buildings of any height located in Climate Zones 1, 2 and 3. | |
3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers in Group R occupancies where the design outdoor air intake or exhaust capacity does not exceed 400 cfm (189 L/s). | |
4. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. | |
5. Combustion air intakes. | |
6. Operation of dampers shall be allowed during ventilation prepurge one hour before expected occupancy and for unoccupied period precooling during the cooling season. |
[]
C403.2.4.5 Snow melt system controls. Snow- and ice-melting
systems, supplied through energy service to the building,
shall include automatic controls capable of shutting off the
system when the pavement temperature is above 50°F (10°C) and
no precipitation is falling and an automatic or manual control
that will allow shutoff when the outdoor temperature is above
40°F (4°C) so that the potential for snow or ice accumulation
is negligible.
[]
C403.2.4.6 Combustion heating equipment controls. Combustion
heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu/h shall
have modulating or staged combustion control.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Boilers. |
2. Radiant heaters. |
[]
C403.2.4.7 Group R-1 hotel/motel guest rooms. For hotel and
motel guest rooms, a minimum of one of the following control
technologies shall be required in hotels/motels with over 50
guest rooms such that the space temperature would
automatically setback (winter) or set up (summer) by no less
than 3°C (5°F) or hotel and motel guest rooms, a minimum of:
1. Controls that are activated by the room occupant via the primary room access method - Key, card, deadbolt, etc.
2. Occupancy sensor controls that are activated by the occupant's presence in the room.
[]
C403.2.4.8 Group R-2 and R-3 dwelling units. The primary
space conditioning system within each dwelling unit shall be
provided with at least one programmable thermostat for the
regulation of space temperature. The thermostat shall allow
for, at a minimum, a 5-2 programmable schedule
(weekdays/weekends) and be capable of providing at least two
programmable setback periods per day.
Each additional system provided within the dwelling unit shall be provided with at least one adjustable thermostat for the regulation of temperature.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. |
2. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. | |
3. Ductless heat pumps. |
C403.2.4.9 Group R-2 sleeping units. The primary space
conditioning system within each sleeping unit shall be
provided with at least one programmable thermostat for the
regulation of space temperature. The thermostat shall allow
for, at a minimum, a 5-2 programmable schedule
(weekdays/weekends) and be capable of providing at least two
programmable setback periods per day.
Each additional system provided within the sleeping unit shall be provided with at least one adjustable thermostat for the regulation of temperature.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. |
2. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. | |
3. Zones with a full HVAC load demand not exceeding 3,400 Btu/h (1 kW) and having a readily accessible manual shutoff switch. | |
4. Ductless heat pumps. |
[]
C403.2.4.10 Direct digital control system capabilities. All
complex systems equipped with direct digital control (DDC)
systems and all buildings with total cooling capacity
exceeding 780,000 Btu/h (2,662 kW) shall have the following
capability:
1. Trending: All control system input and output points shall be accessible and programmed for trending, and a graphic trending package shall be provided with the control system.
2. Demand Response Setpoint Adjustment: Control logic shall increase the cooling zone set points by at least 2°F (1°C) and reduce the heating zone set points by at least 2°F (1°C) when activated by a demand response signal. The demand response signal shall be a binary input to the control system or other interface approved by the serving electric utility.
[]
C403.2.5 Ventilation. Ventilation, either natural or
mechanical, shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 4 of
the International Mechanical Code. Where mechanical
ventilation is provided, the system shall provide the
capability to reduce the outdoor air supply to the minimum
required by Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
[]
C403.2.5.1 Demand controlled ventilation. Demand control
ventilation (DCV) shall be provided for spaces larger than 500
square feet (50 m2) and with an occupant load greater than 25
people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area (as
established in Table 403.3 of the International Mechanical
Code) and served by systems with one or more of the following:
1. An air-side economizer;
2. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper; or
3. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3,000 cfm (1400 L/s).
EXCEPTION: | Demand control ventilation is not required for systems and spaces as follows: |
1. Systems with energy recovery complying with Section C403.2.6. | |
2. Multiple-zone systems without direct digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. | |
3. System with a design outdoor airflow less than 1,000 cfm (472 L/s). | |
4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1,200 cfm (600 L/s). | |
5. Ventilation provided for process loads only. |
[]
C403.2.5.2 Occupancy sensors. Classrooms, gyms, auditoriums
and conference rooms larger than 500 square feet of floor area
shall have occupancy sensor control that will either close
outside air dampers or turn off serving equipment when the
space is unoccupied except where equipped with another means
to automatically reduce outside air intake below design rates
when spaces are partially occupied.
[]
C403.2.5.3 Enclosed loading dock and parking garage exhaust
ventilation system control. Mechanical ventilation systems
for enclosed loading docks and parking garages shall be
designed to exhaust the airflow rates (maximum and minimum)
determined in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.
Ventilation systems shall be equipped with a control device that operates the system automatically upon detection of vehicle operation or the presence of occupants by approved automatic detection devices. Each of the following types of controllers shall be capable of shutting off fans or modulating fan speed.
1. Gas sensor controllers used to activate the exhaust ventilation system shall stage or modulate fan speed upon detection of specified gas levels. All equipment used in sensor controlled systems shall be designed for the specific use and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The system shall be arranged to operate automatically by means of carbon monoxide detectors applied in conjunction with nitrogen dioxide detectors. Garages and loading docks shall be equipped with a controller and a full array of carbon monoxide (CO) sensors set to maintain levels of carbon monoxide below 35 parts per million (ppm). Additionally, a full array of nitrogen dioxide detectors shall be connected to the controller set to maintain the nitrogen dioxide level below the OSHA standard for eight hour exposure. Spacing and location of the sensors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
2. Automatic time clocks used to activate the system shall activate the system during occupied periods. The time clock shall be capable of scheduling multiple start and stop times for each day of the week, varying the daily schedule, and retaining programming for a 10-hour period during loss of power.
3. Occupant detection sensors used to activate the system shall detect entry into the parking garage along both the vehicle and pedestrian pathways.
C403.2.5.3.1 System activation devices for enclosed loading
docks. Ventilation systems for enclosed loading docks shall
be activated by one of the following:
1. Gas sensors; or
2. Time clock and a manual over-ride switch located in the dock area that is accessible to persons in the loading dock area.
C403.2.5.3.2 System activation devices for enclosed parking
garages. Ventilation systems for enclosed parking garages
shall be activated by gas sensors.
EXCEPTION: | A parking garage ventilation system having a total design capacity under 8,000 cfm may use a time clock or occupant sensors. |
[]
C403.2.5.4 Exhaust systems.
C403.2.5.4.1 Kitchen hoods. Each kitchen area with total
exhaust capacity larger than 2,000 cfm shall be provided with
make-up air sized so that at least 50% of exhaust air volume
be (a) unheated or heated to no more than 60°F and (b)
uncooled or cooled without the use of mechanical cooling.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where hoods are used to exhaust ventilation air which would otherwise exfiltrate or be exhausted by other fan systems. A detailed accounting of exhaust airflows shall be provided on the plans that accounts for the impact of any required demand controlled ventilation. |
2. Certified grease extractor hoods that require a face velocity no greater than 60 fpm. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Variable air volume laboratory exhaust and room supply systems capable of reducing exhaust and make-up air volume to 50% or less of design values; or |
2. Direct make-up (auxiliary) air supply equal to at least 75% of the exhaust rate, heated no warmer than 2°F (1.1°C) below room set point, cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C) above room set point, no humidification added, and no simultaneous heating and cooling used for dehumidification control; or | |
3. Combined Energy Reduction Method: VAV exhaust and room supply system capable of reducing exhaust and makeup air volumes and a heat recovery system to precondition makeup air from laboratory exhaust that when combined will produce the same energy reduction as achieved by a heat recovery system with a 50% sensible recovery effectiveness as required above. For calculation purposes, the heat recovery component can be assumed to include the maximum design supply airflow rate at design conditions. The combined energy reduction (QER) shall meet the following: |
QER | ≥ | QMIN | |
QMIN | = | CFMS • (TR - TO) • 1.1 • 0.6 | |
QER | = | CFMS • (TR - TO) • 1.1(A + B)/100 | |
Where: | |||
QMIN | = | Energy recovery at 60% sensible effectiveness (Btu/h) | |
QER | = | Combined energy reduction (Btu/h) | |
CFMS | = | The maximum design supply airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per minute | |
TR | = | Space return air dry bulb at winter design conditions | |
TO | = | Outdoor air dry bulb at winter design conditions | |
A | = | Percentage that the exhaust and makeup air volumes can be reduced from design conditions | |
B | = | Percentage sensible heat recovery effectiveness |
[]
C403.2.6 Energy recovery.
C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation systems. Any system
with minimum outside air requirements at design conditions
greater than 5,000 CFM or any system required by Table
C403.2.6 shall include an energy recovery system. The energy
recovery system shall have the capability to provide a change
in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply of not less than 50
percent of the difference between the outdoor air and return
air enthalpies, at design conditions. Where an air economizer
is required, the energy recovery system shall include a bypass
or controls which permit operation of the economizer as
required by Section C403.4. Where a single room or space is
supplied by multiple units, the aggregate ventilation (cfm) of
those units shall be used in applying this requirement.
EXCEPTION: | An energy recovery ventilation system shall not be required in any of the following conditions: |
1. Where energy recovery systems are prohibited by the International Mechanical Code. | |
2. Laboratory fume hood systems that include at least one of the following features: | |
2.1. Variable-air-volume hood exhaust and room supply systems capable of reducing exhaust and makeup air volume to 50 percent or less of design values. | |
2.2. Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply equal to at least 75 percent of the exhaust rate, heated no warmer than 2°F (1.1°C) above room setpoint, cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C) below room setpoint, no humidification added, and no simultaneous heating and cooling used for dehumidification control. | |
3. Systems serving spaces that are heated to less than 60°F (15.5°C) and are not cooled. | |
4. Where more than 60 percent of the outdoor heating energy is provided from site-recovered or site solar energy. | |
5. Heating energy recovery in Climate Zones 1 and 2. | |
6. Cooling energy recovery in Climate Zones 3C, 4C, 5B, 5C, 6B, 7 and 8. | |
7. Systems requiring dehumidification that employ energy recovery in series with the cooling coil. | |
8. Multi-zone systems with cold deck supply air and zone reheat where the minimum outdoor air is less than 70 percent of total supply air. | |
9. Systems serving residential multifamily spaces where the largest source of air exhausted at a single location at the building exterior is less than 25 percent of the design outdoor air flow rate. |
Buildings using steam generated off-site with steam heating systems which do not have condensate water recovery shall have condensate water recovery.
C403.2.6.3 Condenser heat recovery. Facilities having food
service, meat or deli departments and having 500,000 Btu/h or
greater of remote refrigeration condensers shall have
condenser waste heat recovery from freezers and coolers and
shall use the waste heat for service water heating, space
heating or for dehumidification reheat. Facilities having a
gross conditioned floor area of 40,000 ft2 or greater and
1,000,000 Btu/h or greater of remote refrigeration shall have
condenser waste heat recovery from freezers and coolers and
shall use the waste heat for service water heating, and either
for space heating or for dehumidification reheat for
maintaining low space humidity.
[]
Energy Recovery Requirement
Percent (%) Outdoor Air at Full Design Airflow Rate | ||||||
Climate Zone | ≥ 30% and < 40% | ≥ 40% and < 50% | ≥ 50% and < 60% | ≥ 60% and < 70% | ≥ 70% and < 80% | ≥ 80% |
Design Supply Fan Airflow Rate (cfm) | ||||||
3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5B | NR | NR | NR | NR | ≥5000 | ≥ 5000 |
1B, 2B, 5C | NR | NR | ≥ 26000 | ≥ 12000 | ≥ 5000 | ≥ 4000 |
6B | ≥ 11000 | ≥ 5500 | ≥ 4500 | ≥ 3500 | ≥ 2500 | ≥ 1500 |
1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A | ≥ 5500 | ≥ 4500 | ≥ 3500 | ≥ 2000 | ≥ 1000 | > 0 |
7, 8 | ≥ 2500 | ≥ 1000 | > 0 | > 0 | > 0 | > 0 |
NR = Not required. |
[]
C403.2.7 Duct and plenum insulation and sealing. C403.2.7.1
Ducts, shafts and plenums conveying outside air from the
exterior of the building to the mechanical system shall meet
all air leakage and building envelope insulation requirements
of Section C402, plus building envelope vapor control
requirements from the International Building Code, extending
continuously from the building exterior to an automatic
shutoff damper or heating or cooling equipment. For the
purposes of building envelope insulation requirements, duct
surfaces shall meet the requirements for metal framed walls
per Table C402.1.2. Duct surfaces included as part of the
building envelope shall not be used in the calculation of
maximum glazing area as described in Section 402.3.1.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity, provided these are insulated to R-7. |
2. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers, provided they are isolated from conditioned space at sides, top and bottom of the room with R-11 nominal insulation. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where located within equipment. |
2. Where the design temperature difference between the interior and exterior of the duct or plenum does not exceed 15°F (8°C). |
All ducts air handlers and filter boxes shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section 603.9 of the International Mechanical Code.
C403.2.7.3 Duct construction. Ductwork shall be constructed
and erected in accordance with the International Mechanical
Code.
C403.2.7.3.1 Low-pressure duct systems. All longitudinal and
transverse joints, seams and connections of supply and return
ducts operating at a static pressure less than or equal to 2
inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) shall be securely fastened
and sealed with welds, gaskets, mastics (adhesives),
mastic-plus embedded-fabric systems or tapes installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Pressure classifications specific to the duct system shall be
clearly indicated on the construction documents in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTION: | Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints and seams on ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) pressure classification. |
C403.2.7.3.3 High-pressure duct systems. Ducts designed to
operate at static pressures in excess of 3 inches water gauge
(w.g.) (750 Pa) shall be insulated and sealed in accordance
with Section C403.2.7. In addition, ducts and plenums shall
be leak-tested in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual with the rate of air leakage (CL) less
than or equal to 6.0 as determined in accordance with Equation
C4-5.
CL | = | F/P0.65 |
Where: | ||
F | = | The measured leakage rate in cfm per 100 square feet of duct surface. |
P | = | The static pressure of the test. |
[]
C403.2.8 Piping insulation. All piping serving as part of a
heating or cooling system shall be thermally insulated in
accordance with Table C403.2.8.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Factory-installed piping within HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with a test procedure referenced by this code. |
2. Factory-installed piping within room fan-coils and unit ventilators tested and rated according to AHRI 440 (except that the sampling and variation provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply) and 840, respectively. | |
3. Piping that conveys fluids that have a design operating temperature range between 60°F (15°C) and 105°F (41°C). | |
4. Piping that conveys fluids that have not been heated or cooled through the use of fossil fuels or electric power. | |
5. Strainers, control valves, and balancing valves associated with piping 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter. | |
6. Direct buried piping that conveys fluids at or below 60°F (15°C). |
[]
Minimum Pipe Insulation Thickness (thickness in inches)a
Fluid Operating Temperature Range and Usage (°F) | Insulation Conductivity | Nominal Pipe or Tube Size (inches) | |||||
Conductivity Btu • in. /(h • ft2 • °F)b |
Mean Rating Temperature, °F |
< 1 | 1 to < 1-1/2 | 1-1/2 to < 4 | 4 to < 8 | ≥ 8 | |
> 350 | 0.32 - 0.34 | 250 | 4.5 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
251 - 350 | 0.29 - 0.32 | 200 | 3.0 | 4.0 | 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.5 |
201 - 250 | 0.27 - 0.30 | 150 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 |
141 - 200 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
105 - 140 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
40 - 60 | 0.21 - 0.27 | 75 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.0 |
< 40 | 0.20 - 0.26 | 75 | 0.5 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 |
a For piping smaller than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch (25 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b) but not to a thickness less than 1 inch (25 mm). | |
bFor insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: |
T | = | r{(1 + t/r)K/k - 1} | ||
Where: | ||||
T | = | Minimum insulation thickness, | ||
r | = | Actual outside radius of pipe, | ||
t | = | Insulation thickness listed in the table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size, | ||
K | = | Conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature (Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F) and | ||
k | = | The upper value of the conductivity range listed in the table for the applicable fluid temperature. |
c For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b but not to thicknesses less than 1 inch (25 mm). |
[]
C403.2.9 Mechanical systems commissioning and completion
requirements. Mechanical systems shall be commissioned and
completed in accordance with Section C408.2.
[]
C403.2.10 Air system design and control. Each HVAC system
having a total fan system motor nameplate horsepower (hp)
exceeding 5 horsepower (hp) (3.7 kW) shall meet the provisions
of Sections C403.2.10.1 through C403.2.10.2.
C403.2.10.1 Allowable fan floor horsepower. Each HVAC system
at fan system design conditions shall not exceed the allowable
fan system motor nameplate hp (Option 1) or fan system bhp
(Option 2) as shown in Table C403.2.10.1(1). This includes
supply fans, return/relief fans, and fan-powered terminal
units associated with systems providing heating or cooling
capability. Single zone variable-air-volume systems shall
comply with the constant volume fan power limitation.
EXCEPTION: | The following fan systems are exempt from allowable fan floor horsepower requirement. |
1. Hospital, vivarium and laboratory systems that utilize flow control devices on exhaust and/or return to maintain space pressure relationships necessary for occupant health and safety or environmental control shall be permitted to use variable volume fan power limitation. | |
2. Individual exhaust fans with motor nameplate horsepower of 1 hp or less. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. For fans less than 6 bhp (4413 W), where the first available motor larger than the brake horsepower has a nameplate rating within 50 percent of the bhp, selection of the next larger nameplate motor size is allowed. |
2. For fans 6 bhp (4413 W) and larger, where the first available motor larger than the bhp has a nameplate rating within 30 percent of the bhp, selection of the next larger nameplate motor size is allowed. | |
3. For fans used only in approved life safety applications such as smoke evacuation. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Motors in the airstream within fan-coils and terminal units that operate only when providing heating to the space served. |
2. Motors installed in space conditioning equipment certified under Section C403.2.3. |
[]
Fan Power Limitation
Limit | Constant Volume | Variable Volume | |
Option 1: Fan system motor nameplate hp | Allowable nameplate motor hp | hp ≤ CFMS × 0.0011 | hp ≤
CFMS × 0.0015 |
Option 2: Fan system bhp | Allowable fan system bhp | bhp ≤ CFMS × 0.00094 + A | bhp ≤ CFMS × 0.0013 + A |
Where: | ||
CFMS | = | The maximum design supply airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per minute. |
hp | = | The maximum combined motor nameplate horsepower. |
bhp | = | The maximum combined fan brake horsepower. |
A | = | Sum of [PD × CFMD/4131] |
For SI: | 1 cfm = 0.471 L/s. | |
Where: | ||
PD | = | Each applicable pressure drop adjustment from Table C403.2.10.1(2) in. w.c. |
CFMD | = | The design airflow through each applicable device from Table C403.2.10.1(2) in cubic feet per minute. |
For SI: | 1 bhp = 735.5 W, 1 hp = 745.5 W. |
Fan Power Limitation Pressure Drop Adjustment
Device | Adjustment |
Credits | |
Fully ducted return and/or exhaust air systems | 0.5 inch w.c. (2.15 inches w.c. for laboratory and vivarium systems) |
Return and/or exhaust air flow control devices | 0.5 inch w.c. |
Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment | The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system design condition |
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 9 - 12 | 0.5 inch w.c. |
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 13 - 15 | 0.9 inch w.c. |
Particulate filtration credit: MERV 16 and greater and electronically enhanced filters | Pressure drop calculated at 2x clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition |
Carbon and other gas-phase air cleaners | Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition |
Biosafety cabinet | Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition |
Energy recovery device, other than coil runaround loop | (2.2 × energy recovery effectiveness) – 0.5 inch w.c. for each airstream |
Coil runaround loop | 0.6 inch w.c. for each airstream |
Evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with another cooling coil | Pressure drop of device at fan system design conditions |
Sound attenuation section | 0.15 inch w.c. |
Exhaust system serving fume hoods | 0.35 inch w.c. |
Laboratory and vivarium exhaust systems in high-rise buildings | 0.25 inch w.c./100 feet of vertical duct exceeding 75 feet |
w.c. = water column. | |
For SI: 1 inch w.c.= 249 Pa, 1 inch= 25.4 mm. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403293
Section C403.2.11 -- Heating outside a
building.
C403.2.11 Heating outside a building. Systems installed to
provide heat outside a building shall be radiant systems.
Such heating systems shall be controlled by an occupancy sensing device or a timer switch, so that the system is automatically deenergized when no occupants are present.
[]
C403.2.12 System criteria. For fans and pumps 7.5 hp and
greater including custom and packaged air handlers serving
variable air volume fan systems, constant volume fans, heating
and cooling hydronic pumping systems, pool and service water
pumping systems, domestic water pressure boosting systems,
cooling tower fan, and other pumps or fans where variable
flows are required, there shall be:
1. Variable speed drives; or
2. Other controls and devices that will result in fan and pump motor demand of no more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of design air volume for fans when static pressure set point equals 1/3 the total design static pressure, and 50 percent of design water flow for pumps, based on manufacturer's certified test data. Variable inlet vanes, throttling valves (dampers), scroll dampers or bypass circuits shall not be allowed.
EXCEPTION: | Variable speed devices are not required for motors that serve: |
1. Fans or pumps in packaged equipment where variable speed drives are not available as a factory option from the equipment manufacturer. | |
2. Fans or pumps that are required to operate only for emergency fire-life-safety events (e.g., stairwell pressurization fans, elevator pressurization fans, fire pumps, etc.). |
EXCEPTION: | Heat rejection devices included as an integral part of equipment listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3). |
C403.2.12.1.1 Variable flow controls. Cooling tower fans 7.5
hp and greater shall have control devices that vary flow by
controlling the leaving fluid temperature or condenser
temperature/pressure of the heat rejection device.
C403.2.12.1.2 Limitation on centrifugal fan cooling towers.
Open cooling towers with a combined rated capacity of 1,100
gpm and greater at 95°F condenser water return, 85°F condenser
water supply and 75°F outdoor wet-bulb temperature shall meet
the energy efficiency requirement for axial fan open circuit
cooling towers.
EXCEPTION: | Open circuit cooling towers that are ducted (inlet or discharge) or have external sound attenuation that requires external static pressure capability. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems where the function of the supply air is for purposes other than temperature control, such as maintaining specific humidity levels or supplying an exhaust system. |
2. Dedicated outdoor air supply unit(s) with heat recovery where airflow is equal to the minimum ventilation requirements and other fans cycle off unless heating or cooling is required. | |
3. An area served by multiple units where designated ventilation units have 50 percent or less of total area airflow and nonventilation unit fans cycle off when heating or cooling is not required. |
1. Two-thirds of the full fan speed; or
2. The volume of outdoor air required to meet the ventilation requirements of Section 403 of the International Mechanical Code.
[]
C403.2.13 Electric motor efficiency. Design A and B
squirrel-cage, T-frame induction permanently wired polyphase
motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 3,600,
1,800 and 1,200 rpm shall have a nominal full-load motor
efficiency no less than the corresponding values for energy
efficient motors provided in NEMA Standard MG-1.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Motors used in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi-speed motor. |
2. Motors used as a component of the equipment meeting the minimum equipment efficiency requirements of Section C403.2.3 and Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(9) provided that the motor input is included when determining the equipment efficiency. | |
3. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. | |
4. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. |
[]
C403.3 Simple HVAC systems and equipment (Prescriptive). This
section applies to unitary or packaged HVAC systems listed in
Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(8), each serving one zone
and controlled by a single thermostat in the zone served. It
also applies to two-pipe heating systems serving one or more
zones, where no cooling system is installed.
To qualify as a simple system, systems shall have no active humidification or simultaneous heating and cooling and shall be one of the following:
1. Air cooled, constant volume packaged equipment, which provide heating, cooling or both, and require only external connection to duct work and energy services with cooling capacity of 135,000 Btu/h or less.
2. Air cooled, constant volume split systems, which provide heating, cooling or both, with cooling capacity of 84,000 Btu/h or less.
3. Heating only systems which have a capacity of less than 1,000 cfm or which have a minimum outside air supply of less than 30 percent of the total air circulation.
The combined airflow rate of all simple systems serving single rooms must be less than 10,000 cfm or they do not qualify as simple systems.
[]
C403.3.1 Economizers. Each cooling system that has a fan
shall include an air economizer meeting the requirements of
Sections C403.3.1.1 through C403.3.1.1.4.
EXCEPTION: | Economizers are not required for the systems listed below: |
1. Qualifying small equipment: This exception shall not be used for unitary cooling equipment installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to the outdoors. This exception is allowed to be used for other cooling units and split systems with a total cooling capacity rated in accordance with Section C403.2.3 of less than 33,000 Btu/h (hereafter referred to as qualifying small systems) provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables C403.2.3 (1) through (3), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. The total capacity of all qualifying small equipment without economizers shall not exceed 72,000 Btu/h per building, or 5 percent of its air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. That portion of the equipment serving residential occupancies is not included in determining the total capacity of all units without economizers in a building. Redundant units are not counted in the capacity limitations. This exception shall not be used for the shell-and-core permit or for the initial tenant improvement or for Total Building Performance. | |
2. Systems with dehumidification that affect other systems so as to increase the overall building energy consumption. New humidification equipment shall comply with Section C403.2.3.4. | |
3. For residential occupancies, cooling units installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors with a total cooling capacity less than 20,000 Btu/h and other cooling units with a total cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with IEER, SEER, and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables C403.2.3 (1) through (10), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. For split systems and VRF systems, compliance is based on the cooling capacity of individual fan coil units. | |
4. Where the cooling efficiency meets or exceeds the efficiency requirements in Table C403.3.1(2). |
Equipment Efficiency Performance
Exception for Economizers
Climate Zones | Cooling Equipment Performance Improvement (EER OR IPLV) |
2B | 10% Efficiency Improvement |
3B | 15% Efficiency Improvement |
4B | 20% Efficiency Improvement |
C403.3.1.1.1 Design capacity. Air economizer systems shall be
capable of modulating outdoor air and return air dampers to
provide up to 100 percent of the design supply air quantity as
outdoor air for cooling.
C403.3.1.1.2 Control signal. Economizer dampers shall be
capable of being sequenced with the mechanical cooling
equipment and shall not be controlled by only mixed air
temperature.
EXCEPTION: | The use of mixed air temperature limit control shall be permitted for systems controlled from space temperature (such as single zone systems). |
C403.3.1.1.4 Relief of excess outdoor air. Systems shall be
capable of relieving excess outdoor air during air economizer
operation to prevent over-pressurizing the building. The
relief air outlet shall be located to avoid recirculation into
the building.
[]
C403.3.2 Hydronic system controls. Hydronic systems of at
least 300,000 Btu/h (87,930 W) design output capacity
supplying heated and chilled water to comfort conditioning
systems shall include controls that meet the requirements of
Section C403.4.3.
[]
C403.4 Complex HVAC systems and equipment (prescriptive).
This section applies to HVAC equipment and systems not covered
in Section C403.3.
For buildings with a total equipment cooling capacity of 300 tons and above, the equipment shall comply with one of the following:
1. No one unit shall have a cooling capacity of more than 2/3 of the total installed cooling equipment capacity;
2. The equipment shall have a variable speed drive; or
3. The equipment shall have multiple compressors.
[]
C403.4.1 Economizers. Air economizers shall be provided on
all new systems including those serving computer server rooms,
electronic equipment, radio equipment, and telephone
switchgear. Economizers shall comply with Sections C403.4.1.1
through C403.4.1.4.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Water-cooled refrigeration equipment serving chilled beams and chilled ceiling space cooling systems only which are provided with a water economizer meeting the requirements of Section C403.4.1. Water economizer capacity per building shall not exceed 500 tons. This exception shall not be used for Total Building Performance. |
2. Systems complying with all of the following criteria: | |
2.1. Consist of multiple water source heat pumps connected to a common water loop; | |
2.2. Have a minimum of 60 percent air economizer; | |
2.3. Have water source heat pumps with an EER at least 15 percent higher for cooling and a COP at least 15 percent higher for heating than that specified in Section C403.2.3; | |
2.4. Where provided, have a central boiler or furnace efficiency of 90 percent minimum for units up to 199,000 Btu/h; and | |
2.5. Provide heat recovery with a minimum 50 percent heat recovery effectiveness as defined in Section C403.2.6 to preheat the outside air supply. | |
3. For Group R occupancies, cooling units installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors with a total cooling capacity less than 20,000 Btu/h and other cooling units with a total cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables C403.2.3 (1) through (3), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. For split systems, compliance is based on the cooling capacity of individual fan coil units. | |
4. Equipment used to cool any dedicated server room, electronic equipment room or telecom switch room provided that they completely comply with Option a, b, or c in the table below. The total capacity of all systems without economizers shall not exceed 240,000 Btu/h per building or 10 percent of its air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. This exception shall not be used for Total Building Performance. |
Equipment Type | Higher Equipment Efficiency | Part-Load Control | Economizer | |
Option a | Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)a | +15%b | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | None Required |
Option b | Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)a | +5%d | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizer |
Option c | ASHRAE Standard 127f | +0%g | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizer |
Notes for Exception 5: | |
aFor a system where all of the cooling equipment is subject to the AHRI standards listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2), the system shall comply with all of the following (note that if the system contains any cooling equipment that exceeds the capacity limits in Table C403.2.3(1) or C403.2.3(2), or if the system contains any cooling equipment that is not included in Table C403.2.3(1) or C403.2.3(2), then the system is not allowed to use this option). | |
bThe cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 15 percent greater than the value listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.15 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)). | |
cFor units with a total cooling capacity over 85,000 Btu/h, the system shall utilize part-load capacity control schemes that are able to modulate to a part-load capacity of 50 percent of the load or less that results in the compressor operating at the same or higher EER at part loads than at full load (e.g., minimum of two-stages of compressor unloading such as cylinder unloading, two-stage scrolls, dual tandem scrolls, but hot gas bypass is not credited as a compressor unloading system). | |
dThe cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 5 percent greater than the value listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) (1.05 x values in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2)). | |
eThe system shall include a water economizer in lieu of air economizer. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the connected terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 50°F dry-bulb/45°F wet-bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. The equipment shall be served by a dedicated condenser water system unless a nondedicated condenser water system exists that can provide appropriate water temperatures during hours when waterside economizer cooling is available. | |
fFor a system where all cooling equipment is subject to ASHRAE Standard 127-2007. | |
gThe cooling equipment subject to the ASHRAE Standard 127-2007 shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is equal or greater than the value listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) and C403.2.3(2) when determined in accordance with the rating conditions ASHRAE Standard 127-2007 (i.e., not the rating conditions in AHRI Standard 210/240 or 340/360). This information shall be provided by an independent third party. | |
5. Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems, multiple-zone split-system heat pumps, consisting of multiple, individually metered indoor units with multi-speed fan motors, served on a single common refrigeration circuit with an exterior reverse-cycle heat pump with variable speed compressor(s) and variable speed condenser fan(s). These systems shall also be capable of providing simultaneous heating and cooling operation, where recovered energy from the indoor units operating in one mode can be transferred to one or more indoor units operating in the other mode, and shall serve at least 20 percent internal (no perimeter wall within 12') and 20 percent perimeter zones (as determined by conditioned floor area) and the outdoor unit shall be at least 65,000 Btu/h in total capacity. Systems utilizing this exception shall have 50 percent heat recovery effectiveness as defined by Section C403.2.6 on the outside air. For the purposes of this exception, dedicated server rooms, electronic equipment rooms or telecom switch rooms are not considered perimeter zones. This exception shall be limited to buildings of 60,000 square feet and less. |
EXCEPTION: | Systems in which a water economizer is used and where dehumidification requirements cannot be met using outdoor air temperatures of 50°F dry-bulb (10°C dry-bulb)/45°F wet-bulb (7.2°C wet-bulb) shall satisfy 100 percent of the expected system cooling load at 45°F dry-bulb (7.2°C dry-bulb)/40°F wet-bulb (4.5°C wet-bulb). |
C403.4.1.3 Integrated economizer control. Economizer systems
shall be integrated with the mechanical cooling system and be
capable of providing partial cooling even where additional
mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the
cooling load.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Direct expansion systems that include controls that reduce the quantity of outdoor air required to prevent coil frosting at the lowest step of compressor unloading, provided this lowest step is no greater than 25 percent of the total system capacity. |
2. Individual direct expansion units that have a rated cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h (15,827 W) and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. |
EXCEPTION: | Economizers on VAV systems that cause zone level heating to increase due to a reduction in supply air temperature. |
[]
C403.4.2 Variable air volume (VAV) fan control. Individual
VAV fans with motors of 7.5 horsepower (5.6 kW) or greater
shall be:
1. Driven by a mechanical or electrical variable speed drive;
2. Driven by a vane-axial fan with variable-pitch blades; or
3. The fan shall have controls or devices that will result in fan motor demand of no more than 30 percent of their design wattage at 50 percent of design airflow when static pressure set point equals one-third of the total design static pressure, based on manufacturer's certified fan data.
C403.4.2.1 Static pressure sensor location. Static pressure
sensors used to control VAV fans shall be placed in a position
such that the controller setpoint is no greater than one-third
the total design fan static pressure, except for systems with
zone reset control complying with Section C403.4.2.2. For
sensors installed downstream of major duct splits, at least
one sensor shall be located on each major branch to ensure
that static pressure can be maintained in each branch.
C403.4.2.2 Set points for direct digital control. For systems
with direct digital control of individual zone boxes reporting
to the central control panel, the static pressure setpoint
shall be reset based on the zone requiring the most pressure,
i.e., the setpoint is reset lower until one zone damper is
nearly wide open.
[]
C403.4.3 Hydronic systems controls. The heating of fluids
that have been previously mechanically cooled and the cooling
of fluids that have been previously mechanically heated shall
be limited in accordance with Sections C403.4.3.1 through
C403.4.3.3. Hydronic heating systems comprised of
multiple-packaged boilers and designed to deliver conditioned
water or steam into a common distribution system shall include
automatic controls capable of sequencing operation of the
boilers. Hydronic heating systems comprised of a single
boiler and greater than 500,000 Btu/h (146,550 W) input design
capacity shall include either a multi-staged or modulating
burner.
C403.4.3.1 Three-pipe system. Hydronic systems that use a
common return system for both hot water and chilled water are
prohibited.
C403.4.3.2 Two-pipe changeover system. Systems that use a
common distribution system to supply both heated and chilled
water shall be designed to allow a dead band between
changeover from one mode to the other of at least 15°F (8.3°C)
outside air temperatures; be designed to and provided with
controls that will allow operation in one mode for at least 4
hours before changing over to the other mode; and be provided
with controls that allow heating and cooling supply
temperatures at the changeover point to be no more than 30°F
(16.7°C) apart.
C403.4.3.3 Hydronic (water loop) heat pump systems. Hydronic
heat pump systems shall comply with Sections C403.4.3.3.1
through C403.4.3.3.3.
C403.4.3.3.1 Temperature dead band. Hydronic heat pumps
connected to a common heat pump water loop with central
devices for heat rejection and heat addition shall have
controls that are capable of providing a heat pump water
supply temperature dead band of at least 20°F (11.1°C) between
initiation of heat rejection and heat addition by the central
devices.
EXCEPTION: | Where a system loop temperature optimization controller is installed and can determine the most efficient operating temperature based on real time conditions of demand and capacity, dead bands of less than 20°F (11°C) shall be permitted. |
EXCEPTION: | Where it can be demonstrated that a heat pump system will be required to reject heat throughout the year. |
1. If a closed-circuit cooling tower is used directly in the heat pump loop, either an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all but a minimal flow of water around the tower, or lower leakage positive closure dampers shall be provided.
2. If an open-circuit tower is used directly in the heat pump loop, an automatic valve shall be installed to bypass all heat pump water flow around the tower.
3. If an open- or closed-circuit cooling tower is used in conjunction with a separate heat exchanger to isolate the cooling tower from the heat pump loop, then heat loss shall be controlled by shutting down the circulation pump on the cooling tower loop.
C403.4.3.3.2.2 Climate Zones 5 through 8. For Climate Zones 5
through 8, if an open- or closed-circuit cooling tower is
used, then a separate heat exchanger shall be provided to
isolate the cooling tower from the heat pump loop, and heat
loss shall be controlled by shutting down the circulation pump
on the cooling tower loop and providing an automatic valve to
stop the flow of fluid.
C403.4.3.3.3 Isolation valve. Each hydronic heat pump on the
hydronic system having a total pump system power exceeding 10
horsepower (hp) (7.5 kW) shall have a two-way (but not
three-way) valve. For the purposes of this section, pump
system power is the sum of the nominal power demand (i.e.,
nameplate horsepower at nominal motor efficiency) of motors of
all pumps that are required to operate at design conditions to
supply fluid from the heating or cooling source to all heat
transfer devices (e.g., coils, heat exchanger) and return it
to the source. This converts the system into a variable flow
system and, as such, the primary circulation pumps shall
comply with the variable flow requirements in Section
C403.4.3.7.
C403.4.3.4 Part load controls. Hydronic systems greater than
or equal to 300,000 Btu/h (87,930 W) in design output capacity
supplying heated or chilled water to comfort conditioning
systems shall include controls that have the capability to:
1. Automatically reset the supply-water temperatures using zone-return water temperature, building-return water temperature, or outside air temperature as an indicator of building heating or cooling demand. The temperature shall be capable of being reset by at least 25 percent of the design supply-to-return water temperature difference; and
2. Reduce system pump flow by at least 50 percent of design flow rate utilizing adjustable speed drive(s) on pump(s), or multiple-staged pumps where at least one-half of the total pump horsepower is capable of being automatically turned off or control valves designed to modulate or step down, and close, as a function of load, or other approved means.
Heat pump loops with a total pump system power greater than 3 hp (2.2 kw) shall have controls meeting the requirements of item 2, above.
C403.4.3.5 Pump isolation. Chilled water plants including
more than one chiller shall have the capability to reduce flow
automatically through the chiller plant when a chiller is shut
down and automatically shut off flow to chillers that are shut
down. Chillers piped in series for the purpose of increased
temperature differential shall be considered as one chiller.
EXCEPTION: | Chillers that are piped in series for the purpose of increased temperature differential. |
C403.4.3.6 Variable flow controls. Individual pumps requiring
variable speed control per Section C403.4.9 shall be
controlled in one of the following manners:
1. For systems having a combined pump motor horsepower less than or equal to 20 hp (15 kW) and without direct digital control of individual coils, pump speed shall be a function of either:
1.1. Required differential pressure; or
1.2. Reset directly based on zone hydronic demand, or other zone load indicators; or
1.3. Reset directly based on pump power and pump differential pressure.
2. For systems having a combined pump motor horsepower that exceeds 20 hp (15 kW) or smaller systems with direct digital control, pump speed shall be a function of either:
2.1. The static pressure set point as reset based on the valve requiring the most pressure; or
2.2. Directly controlled based on zone hydronic demand.
[]
High-limit Shutoff Control Options for Air Economizers
Climate Zones | Allowed Control Types | Prohibited Control Types |
1B, 2B, 3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5B, 5C, 6B, 7, 8 | Fixed dry-bulb Differential dry-bulb Electronic enthalpya Differential enthalpy Dew-point and dry-bulb temperatures |
Fixed enthalpy |
1A, 2A, 3A, 4A | Fixed dry-bulb Fixed enthalpy Electronic enthalpya Differential enthalpy Dew-point and dry-bulb temperatures |
Differential dry-bulb |
All other climates | Fixed dry-bulb Differential dry-bulb Fixed enthalpy Electronic enthalpya Differential enthalpy Dew-point and dry-bulb temperatures |
-- |
aElectronic enthalpy controllers are devices that use a combination of humidity and dry-bulb temperature in their switching algorithm. |
High-limit Shutoff Control Setting for Air Economizers
Required High Limit (Economizer off When): | |||
Device Type | Climate Zone | Equation | Description |
Fixed dry-bulb | 1B, 2B, 3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5B, 5C, 6B, 7, 8 | TOA > 75°F | Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F |
5A, 6A, 7A | TOA > 70°F | Outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F | |
All other zones | TOA > 65°F | Outdoor air temperature exceeds 65°F | |
Differential dry-bulb | 1B, 2B, 3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5A, 5B, 5C, 6A, 6B, 7, 8 | TOA > TRA | Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air temperature |
Fixed enthalpy | All | hOA > 28 Btu/lba | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 28 Btu/lb of dry aira |
Electronic enthalpy | All | (TOA, RHOA) > A | Outdoor air temperature/RH exceeds the "A" setpoint curveb |
Differential enthalpy | All | hOA > Hra | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy |
Dew-point and dry-bulb temperatures | All | DPOA > 55°F or TOA > 75°F | Outdoor air dry-bulb exceeds 75°F or outside dew-point exceeds 55°F (65 gr/lb) |
For SI: °C = (°F - 32) × 5/9, 1 Btu/lb = 2.33 kJ/kg. | |
a At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the fixed enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F and 50 percent relative humidity. As an example, at approximately 6,000 feet elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb. | |
b Setpoint "A" corresponds to a curve on the psychometric chart that goes through a point at approximately 75°F and 40 percent relative humidity and is nearly parallel to dry-bulb lines at low humidity levels and nearly parallel to enthalpy lines at high humidity levels. |
[]
C403.4.4 Heat rejection equipment fan speed control. Each fan
powered by a motor of 7.5 hp (5.6 kW) or larger shall have
controls that automatically change the fan speed to control
the leaving fluid temperature or condensing
temperature/pressure of the heat rejection device.
[]
C403.4.5 Requirements for complex mechanical systems serving
multiple zones. Sections C403.4.5.1 through C403.4.5.4 shall
apply to complex mechanical systems serving multiple zones.
Supply air systems serving multiple zones shall be VAV systems
which, during periods of occupancy, are designed and capable
of being controlled to reduce primary air supply to each zone
to one of the following before reheating, recooling or mixing
takes place:
1. Thirty percent of the maximum supply air to each zone.
2. Three hundred cfm (142 L/s) or less where the maximum flow rate is less than 10 percent of the total fan system supply airflow rate.
3. The minimum ventilation requirements of Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTION: | The following define where individual zones or where entire air distribution systems are exempted from the requirement for VAV control: |
1. Reserved. | |
2. Zones or supply air systems where at least 75 percent of the energy for reheating or for providing warm air in mixing systems is provided from a site-recovered or site-solar energy source. | |
3. Zones where special humidity levels are required to satisfy process needs. | |
4. Zones with a peak supply air quantity of 300 cfm (142 L/s) or less and where the flow rate is less than 10 percent of the total fan system supply airflow rate. | |
5. Zones where the volume of air to be reheated, recooled or mixed is no greater than the volume of outside air required to meet the minimum ventilation requirements of Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code. | |
6. Zones or supply air systems with thermostatic and humidistatic controls capable of operating in sequence the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zones and which are capable of preventing reheating, recooling, mixing or simultaneous supply of air that has been previously cooled, either mechanically or through the use of economizer systems, and air that has been previously mechanically heated. |
C403.4.5.2 Dual duct and mixing VAV systems, terminal devices. Systems that have one warm air duct and one cool air duct
shall use terminal devices which are capable of reducing the
flow from one duct to a minimum before mixing of air from the
other duct takes place.
C403.4.5.3 Reserved.
C403.4.5.4 Supply-air temperature reset controls. Multiple
zone HVAC systems shall include controls that automatically
reset the supply-air temperature in response to representative
building loads, or to outdoor air temperature. The controls
shall be capable of resetting the supply air temperature at
least 25 percent of the difference between the design
supply-air temperature and the design room air temperature.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems that prevent reheating, recooling or mixing of heated and cooled supply air. |
2. Seventy-five percent of the energy for reheating is from site-recovered or site solar energy sources. | |
3. Zones with peak supply air quantities of 300 cfm (142 L/s) or less. |
[]
C403.4.6 Heat recovery for service water heating. Condenser
heat recovery shall be installed for heating or reheating of
service hot water provided the facility operates 24 hours a
day, the total installed heat capacity of water cooled systems
exceeds 1,500,000 Btu/hr of heat rejection, and the design
service water heating load exceeds 250,000 Btu/hr.
The required heat recovery system shall have the capacity to provide the smaller of:
1. Sixty percent of the peak heat rejection load at design conditions; or
2. The preheating required to raise the peak service hot water draw to 85°F (29°C).
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Facilities that employ condenser heat recovery for space heating or reheat purposes with a heat recovery design exceeding 30 percent of the peak water-cooled condenser load at design conditions. |
2. Facilities that provide 60 percent of their service water heating from site solar or site recovered energy or from other sources. |
[]
C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limitation. Cooling systems shall not
use hot gas bypass or other evaporator pressure control
systems unless the system is designed with multiple steps of
unloading or continuous capacity modulation. The capacity of
the hot gas bypass shall be limited as indicated in Table
C403.4.7.
EXCEPTION: | Unitary packaged systems with cooling capacities not greater than 90,000 Btu/h (26,379 W). |
Maximum Hot Gas Bypass Capacity
Rated Capacity | Maximum Hot Gas Bypass Capacity (% of total capacity) |
≤ 240,000 Btu/h | 50 |
> 240,000 Btu/h | 25 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
[]
C403.5 Walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers. Walk-in coolers
and walk-in freezers shall comply with all of the following:
1. Anti-sweat heaters without anti-sweat heater controls shall have a total door rail, glass, and frame heater power draw of less than or equal to 7.1 watts per square foot of door opening for walk-in freezers, and 3.0 watts per square foot of door opening for walk-in coolers.
2. Anti-sweat heater controls shall reduce the energy use of the anti-sweat heater as a function of the relative humidity in the air outside the door or to the condensation on the inner glass pane.
3. Evaporator fan motors that are less than 1 horsepower and less than 460 volts shall use electronically commutated motors (brushless direct current motors) or 3-phase motors.
4. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 horsepower shall use electronically commutated motors, permanent split capacitor-type motors or 3-phase motors.
[]
C403.6 Refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers. Refrigerated warehouse coolers and
refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with all of the
following:
1. Evaporator fan motors that are less than 1 horsepower and less than 460 volts shall use electronically commutated motors (brushless direct current motors) or 3-phase motors.
2. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 horsepower shall use electronically commutated motors, permanent split capacitor-type motors or 3-phase motors.
[]
[]
C404.1 General. This section covers the minimum efficiency
of, and controls for, service water-heating equipment and
insulation of service hot water piping.
[]
C404.2 Service water-heating equipment performance efficiency.
Water-heating equipment and hot water storage tanks shall meet
the requirements of Table C404.2. The efficiency shall be
verified through certification and listed under an approved
certification program, or if no certification program exists,
the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data
furnished by the manufacturer.
[]
Minimum Performance of Water-Heating Equipment
Equipment Type | Size Category (input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Performance Requireda, b | Test Procedure |
≤ 12 kW | Resistance | 0.97 - 0.00 132V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
Water heaters, electric | > 12 k | W Resistance | 1.73V + 155 SL, Btu/h | ANSI Z21.10.3 |
≤ 24 amps and ≤ 250 volts | Heat pump | 0.93 - 0.00 132V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
≤ 75,000 Btu/h | ≥ 20 gal | 0.67 - 0.0019V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
Storage water heaters, gas | > 75,000 Btu/h and ≤ 155,000 Btu/h | < 4,000 Btu/h/gal | 80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | ANSI Z21.10.3 |
> 155,000 Btu/h | < 4,000 Btu/h/gal | 80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | ||
> 50,000 Btu/h and < 200,000 Btu/hc |
≥ 4,000 (Btu/h)/gal and < 2 gal | 0.62 - 0.00 19V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
Instantaneous water heaters, gas | ≥ 200,000 Btu/h | ≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and < 10 gal |
80% Et | ANSI Z21.10.3 |
≥ 200,000 Btu/h | ≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and ≤10 gal |
80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | ||
Storage water heaters, oil | ≤ 105,000 Btu/h | ≥ 20 gal | 0.59 - 0.0019V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
≥ 105,000 Btu/h | < 4,000 Btu/h/gal | 78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | ANSI Z21.10.3 | |
≤ 210,000 Btu/h | ≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and < 2 gal |
0.59 - 0.0019V, EF | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | |
Instantaneous water heaters, oil | > 210,000 Btu/h | ≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and < 10 gal |
80% Et | ANSI Z21.10.3 |
> 210,000 Btu/h | ≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and ≤ 10 gal |
78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | ||
Hot water supply boilers, gas and oil | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h |
≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and < 10 gal |
80% Et | ANSI Z21.10.3 |
Hot water supply boilers, gas | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h |
≥ 4,000 Btu/h/gal and ≥ 10 gal |
80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | |
Hot water supply boilers, oil | > 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h |
> 4,000 Btu/h/gal and > 10 gal |
78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V) SL, Btu/h | |
Pool heaters, gas and oil | All | -- | 78% Et | ASHRAE 146 |
Heat pump pool heaters | All | -- | 4.0 COP | AHRI 1160 |
Unfired storage tanks | All | -- | Minimum insulation requirement R-12.5 (h • ft2 • °F)/Btu | (none) |
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 British thermal unit per hour per gallon = 0.078 W/L. | |
aEnergy factor (EF) and thermal efficiency (Et) are minimum requirements. In the EF equation, V is the rated volume in gallons. | |
bStandby loss (SL) is the maximum Btu/h based on a nominal 70°F temperature difference between stored water and ambient requirements. In the SL equation, Q is the nameplate input rate in Btu/h. In the SL equation for electric water heaters, V is the rated volume in gallons. In the SL equation for oil and gas water heaters and boilers, V is the rated volume in gallons. | |
cInstantaneous water heaters with input rates below 200,000 Btu/h must comply with these requirements if the water heater is designed to heat water to temperatures 180°F or higher. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40403
Section C404.3 -- Temperature controls.
C404.3 Temperature controls. Service water-heating equipment
shall be provided with controls to allow a setpoint of 110°F
(43°C) for equipment serving dwelling units and 90°F (32°C)
for equipment serving other occupancies. The outlet
temperature of lavatories in public facility rest rooms shall
be limited to 110°F (43°C).
[]
C404.4 Heat traps. Water-heating equipment not supplied with
integral heat traps and serving noncirculating systems shall
be provided with heat traps on the supply and discharge piping
associated with the equipment.
[]
C404.5 Water heater installation. Electric water heaters in
unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors shall be placed on
an incompressible, insulated surface with a minimum thermal
resistance of R-10.
[]
C404.6 Pipe insulation. For automatic-circulating hot water
and heat-traced systems, piping shall be insulated with not
less than 1 inch (25 mm) of insulation having a conductivity
not exceeding 0.27 Btu per inch/h × ft2 × °F (1.53 W per 25
mm/m2 × K). The first 8 feet (2438 mm) of piping in
nonhot-water-supply temperature maintenance systems served by
equipment without integral heat traps shall be insulated with
0.5 inch (12.7 mm) of material having a conductivity not
exceeding 0.27 Btu per inch/h × ft2 × °F (1.53 W per 25
mm/m2 × K).
EXCEPTION: | Heat-traced piping systems shall meet the insulation thickness requirements per the manufacturer's installation instructions. Untraced piping within a heat traced system shall be insulated with not less than 1 inch (25 mm) of insulation having a conductivity not exceeding 0.27 Btu per inch/h × ft2 × °F (1.53 W per 25 mm/m2 × K). |
[]
C404.7 Hot water system controls. Circulating hot water
system pumps or heat trace shall be arranged to be turned off
either automatically or manually when there is limited hot
water demand. Ready access shall be provided to the operating
controls.
[]
C404.8 Shut-off controls. Systems designed to maintain usage
temperatures in hot water pipes, such as circulating hot water
systems or heat traced pipes shall be equipped with automatic
time switches or other controls to turn off the system during
periods of nonuse.
[]
C404.9 Domestic hot water meters. Each individual dwelling
unit in a Group R-2 multi-family residential occupancy with
central service shall be provided with a domestic hot water
meter to allow for domestic hot water billing based on actual
domestic hot water usage.
[]
C404.10 Pools and in-ground permanently installed spas
(mandatory). Pools and in-ground permanently installed spas
shall comply with Sections C404.7.1 through C404.7.3.
C404.10.1 Heaters. Heat pump pool heaters shall have a
minimum COP of 4.0 determined in accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 146, Method of Testing for Rating Pool Heaters.
Other pool heating equipment shall comply with the applicable
efficiencies in Section C404.2.3.
All heaters shall be equipped with a readily accessible on-off switch that is mounted outside of the heater to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the thermostat setting. Gas-fired heaters shall not be equipped with constant burning pilot lights.
C404.10.2 Time switches. Time switches or other control
method that can automatically turn off and on heaters and
pumps according to a preset schedule shall be installed on all
heaters and pumps. Heaters, pumps and motors that have built
in timers shall be deemed in compliance with this requirement.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where public health standards require 24-hour pump operation. |
2. Where pumps are required to operate solar- and waste-heat-recovery pool heating systems. |
C404.10.4 Heat recovery. Heated indoor swimming pools, spas
or hot tubs with water surface area greater than 200 square
feet shall provide for energy conservation by an exhaust air
heat recovery system that heats ventilation air, pool water or
domestic hot water. The heat recovery system shall be capable
of decreasing the exhaust air temperature at design heating
conditions (80°F indoor) by 36°F (10°C) in Climate Zones 4C
and 5B and 48°F (26.7°C) in Climate Zone 6B.
EXCEPTION: | Pools, spas or hot tubs that include system(s) that provide equivalent recovered energy on an annual basis through one of the following methods: |
1. Renewable energy; | |
2. Dehumidification heat recovery; | |
3. Waste heat recovery; or | |
4. A combination of these system(s) sources capable of providing at least 70 percent of the heating energy required over an operating season. |
[]
[]
C405.1 General (mandatory). This section covers lighting
system controls, the connection of ballasts, the maximum
lighting power for interior applications, electrical energy
consumption, minimum acceptable lighting equipment for
exterior applications, and minimum efficiencies for motors and
transformers.
EXCEPTION: | Dwelling units within commercial buildings shall not be required to comply with Sections C405.2 through C405.5 provided that a minimum of 50 percent of permanently installed luminaires shall be high-efficacy luminaires. |
[]
C405.2 Lighting controls (mandatory). Lighting systems shall
be provided with controls as specified in Sections C405.2.1,
C405.2.2, C405.2.3, C405.2.4 and C405.2.5.
EXCEPTION: | Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production and safety. |
[]
C405.2.1 Manual lighting controls. All buildings shall
include manual lighting controls that meet the requirements of
Sections C405.2.1.1 and C405.2.1.2.
C405.2.1.1 Interior lighting controls. Each area enclosed by
walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions shall have at least one
manual control for the lighting serving that area. The
required controls shall be located within the area served by
the controls or be a remote switch that identifies the lights
served and indicates their status.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Areas designated as security or emergency areas that need to be continuously lighted. |
2. Lighting in stairways or corridors that are elements of the means of egress. |
1. Controlling all lamps or luminaires;
2. Dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires, alternate luminaires or alternate lamps;
3. Switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of the outer lamps; or
4. Switching each luminaire or each lamp.
EXCEPTION: | Light reduction controls need not be provided in the following areas and spaces: |
1. Areas that have only one luminaire, with rated power less than 100 watts. | |
2. Areas that are controlled by an occupant-sensing device. | |
3. Corridors, equipment rooms, storerooms, restrooms, public lobbies, electrical or mechanical rooms. | |
4. Sleeping unit (see Section C405.2.3). | |
5. Spaces that use less than 0.6 watts per square foot (6.5 W/m2). | |
6. Daylight spaces complying with Section C405.2.2.3.2. |
[]
C405.2.2 Additional lighting controls. Each area that is
required to have a manual control shall also have controls
that meet the requirements of Sections C405.2.2.1, C405.2.2.2
and C405.2.2.3.
EXCEPTION: | Additional lighting controls need not be provided in the following spaces: |
1. Sleeping units. | |
2. Spaces where patient care is directly provided. | |
3. Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger occupant safety or security. | |
4. Lighting intended for continuous operation. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Emergency egress lighting does not need to be controlled by an automatic time switch. |
2. Lighting in spaces controlled by occupancy sensors does not need to be controlled by automatic time switch controls. |
1. The override switch shall be in a readily accessible location;
2. The override switch shall be located where the lights controlled by the switch are visible; or the switch shall provide a mechanism which announces the area controlled by the switch;
3. The override switch shall permit manual operation;
4. The override switch, when initiated, shall permit the controlled lighting to remain on for a maximum of 2 hours; and
5. Any individual override switch shall control the lighting for a maximum area of 5,000 square feet (465 m2).
EXCEPTION: | Within malls, arcades, auditoriums, single tenant retail spaces, industrial facilities and arenas: |
1. The time limit shall be permitted to exceed 2 hours provided the override switch is a captive key device; and | |
2. The area controlled by the override switch is permitted to exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m2), but shall not exceed 20,000 square feet (1860 m2). |
EXCEPTION: | Full automatic-on controls shall be permitted to control lighting in public corridors, stairways, restrooms, primary building entrance areas and lobbies, and areas where manual-on operation would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupants. |
1. Control only luminaires within the daylit area.
2. Incorporate time-delay circuits to prevent cycling of light level changes of less than three minutes.
EXCEPTION: | Daylight zones enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing two or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. |
C405.2.2.3.2 Automatic daylighting controls. Setpoint and
other controls for calibrating the lighting control device
shall be readily accessible.
Daylighting controls device shall be capable of automatically reducing the lighting power in response to available daylight by either one of the following methods:
1. Continuous dimming using dimming ballasts and daylight-sensing automatic controls that are capable of reducing the power of general lighting in the daylit zone continuously to less than 20 percent of rated power at maximum light output.
2. Stepped dimming using multi-level switching and daylight-sensing controls that are capable of reducing lighting power automatically. The system shall provide a minimum of two control channels per zone and be installed in a manner such that at least one control step is between 50 percent and 70 percent of design lighting power and another control step is no greater than 35 percent of design power, and the system is capable of automatically turning the system off.
[]
C405.2.3 Specific application controls. Specific application
controls shall be provided for the following:
1. Display and accent light shall be controlled by a dedicated control which is independent of the controls for other lighting within the room or space.
2. Lighting in cases used for display case purposes shall be controlled by a dedicated control which is independent of the controls for other lighting within the room or space.
3. Hotel and motel sleeping units and guest suites shall have a master control device at the main room entry that controls all permanently installed luminaires and switched receptacles. Where a hotel/motel includes more than 50 rooms, controls shall be automatic to ensure all power to the lights and switched outlets are turned off when the occupant is not in the room.
4. Supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting, shall be automatically shut off whenever that space is unoccupied and shall have a control device integral to the luminaires or be controlled by a wall-mounted control device provided the control device is readily accessible.
5. Lighting for nonvisual applications, such as plant growth and food warming, shall be controlled by a dedicated control which is independent of the controls for other lighting within the room or space.
6. Lighting equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations in lighting education shall be controlled by a dedicated control which is independent of the controls for other lighting within the room or space.
7. Egress and emergency illumination not normally off shall be controlled by a combination of listed emergency relay and occupancy sensors, or signal from another building control system or device capable of automatically shutting off the lighting in response to occupancy conditions. Up to 0.05 watts per square foot of lighting in any area within a building may be continuously illuminated provided that the area is designated an emergency egress area on the plans and specifications submitted to the code official.
[]
C405.2.4 Exterior lighting controls. Lighting not designated
for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either a
combination of a photosensor and a time switch, or an
astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for
dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical
time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be
capable of retaining programming and the time setting during
loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours.
[]
C405.2.5 Area controls. The maximum lighting power that may
be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall
not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit
loaded to not more than 80 percent. A master control may be
installed provided the individual switches retain their
capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may
not be used as the sole means of switching.
EXCEPTION: | Areas less than 5 percent of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft2. |
[]
C405.3 Reserved.
[]
C405.4 Exit signs (mandatory). Internally illuminated exit
signs shall not exceed 5 watts per side.
[]
C405.5 Interior lighting power requirements (prescriptive). A
building complies with this section if its total connected
lighting power calculated under Section C405.5.1 is no greater
than the interior lighting power calculated under Section
C405.5.2.
[]
C405.5.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total
connected interior lighting power (watts) shall be the sum of
the watts of all interior lighting equipment as determined in
accordance with Sections C405.5.1.1 through C405.5.1.4.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power. |
1.1. Professional sports arena playing field lighting. | |
1.2. Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation. | |
1.3. Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by occupants with special lighting needs including the visually impaired and other medical and age-related issues. | |
1.4. Casino gaming areas. | |
1.5. General area lighting power in industrial and manufacturing occupancies dedicated to the inspection or quality control of goods and products. | |
2. Lighting equipment used for the following shall be exempt provided that it is in addition to general lighting and is controlled by an independent control device: | |
2.1. Task lighting for medical and dental purposes. | |
2.2. Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments. | |
3. Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production. | |
4. Lighting for photographic processes. | |
5. Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by the manufacturer. | |
6. Task lighting for plant growth or maintenance. | |
7. Advertising signage or directional signage. | |
8. In restaurant buildings and areas, lighting for food warming or integral to food preparation equipment. | |
9. Lighting equipment that is for sale. | |
10. Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities. | |
11. Lighting approved because of safety or emergency considerations, inclusive of exit lights. | |
12. Lighting integral to both open and glass enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases. | |
13. Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions. | |
14. Furniture mounted supplemental task lighting that is controlled by automatic shutoff. | |
15. Lighting used for aircraft painting. |
C405.5.1.2 Low-voltage lighting. The wattage shall be the
specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system.
C405.5.1.3 Other luminaires. The wattage of all other
lighting equipment shall be the wattage of the lighting
equipment verified through data furnished by the manufacturer
or other approved sources.
C405.5.1.4 Line-voltage lighting track and plug-in busway.
The wattage shall be:
1. The specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 50 W/lin ft. (162 W/lin. m);
2. The wattage limit of the system's circuit breaker; or
3. The wattage limit of other permanent current limiting device(s) on the system.
[]
C405.5.2 Interior lighting power. The total interior lighting
power allowance (watts) is determined according to Table
C405.5.2(1) using the Building Area Method, or Table
C405.5.2(2) using the Space-by-Space Method, for all areas of
the building covered in this permit. For the Building Area
Method, the interior lighting power allowance is the floor
area for each building area type listed in Table C405.5.2(1)
times the value from Table C405.5.2(1) for that area. For the
purposes of this method, an "area" shall be defined as all
contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a
single building area type as listed in Table C405.5.2(1).
Where this method is used to calculate the total interior
lighting power for an entire building, each building area type
shall be treated as a separate area. For the Space-by-Space
Method, the interior lighting power allowance is determined by
multiplying the floor area of each space times the value for
the space type in Table C405.5.2(2) that most closely
represents the proposed use of the space, and then summing the
lighting power allowances for all spaces. Tradeoffs among
spaces are permitted.
[]
Interior Lighting Power Allowances -- Building Area Method
Building Area Type | LPD (w/ft2) |
Automotive facility | 0.82 |
Convention center | 1.08 |
Court house | 1.05 |
Dining: Bar lounge/leisure | 0.99 |
Dining: Cafeteria/fast food | 0.90 |
Dining: Family | 0.89 |
Dormitory | 0.61 |
Exercise center | 0.88 |
Fire station | 0.71 |
Gymnasium | 0.95 |
Health care clinic | 0.87 |
Hospital | 1.20 |
Hotel | 1.00 |
Library | 1.18 |
Manufacturing facility | 1.11 |
Motel | 0.88 |
Motion picture theater | 0.83 |
Multifamily | 0.60 |
Museum | 1.00 |
Office | 0.90 |
Parking garage | 0.20 |
Penitentiary | 0.90 |
Performing arts theater | 1.25 |
Police station | 0.90 |
Post office | 0.87 |
Religious building | 1.05 |
Retail | 1.33 |
School/university | 0.99 |
Sports arena | 0.78 |
Town hall | 0.92 |
Transportation | 0.77 |
Warehouse | 0.50 |
Workshop | 1.20 |
[]
Interior Lighting Power Allowances -- Space-by-Space Method
Common Space-by-Space Types | LPD (w/ft2) | |
Atrium - First 40 feet in height | 0.03 per ft. ht. | |
Atrium - Above 40 feet in height | 0.02 per ft. ht. | |
Audience/seating area - Permanent | ||
For auditorium | 0.79 | |
For performing arts theater | 2.43 | |
For motion picture theater | 1.14 | |
Classroom/lecture/training | 1.24 | |
Conference/meeting/multipurpose | 1.23 | |
Corridor/transition | 0.66 | |
Dining area | ||
Bar/lounge/leisure dining | 1.31 | |
Family dining area | 0.89 | |
Dressing/fitting room performing arts theater | 0.40 | |
Electrical/mechanical | 0.95 | |
Food preparation | 0.99 | |
Laboratory for classrooms | 1.28 | |
Laboratory for medical/industrial/research | 1.81 | |
Lobby | 0.90 | |
Lobby for performing arts theater | 2.00 | |
Lobby for motion picture theater | 0.52 | |
Locker room | 0.75 | |
Lounge recreation | 0.73 | |
Office - Enclosed | 1.11 | |
Office - Open plan | 0.98 | |
Restroom | 0.98 | |
Sales area | 1.68a | |
Stairway | 0.69 | |
Storage | 0.63 | |
Workshop | 1.59 | |
Building Specific Space-by-space Types | ||
Automotive - Service/repair | 0.67 | |
Bank/office - Banking activity area | 1.38 | |
Convention center | ||
Exhibit space | 1.45 | |
Audience/seating area | 0.82 | |
Courthouse/police station/penitentiary | ||
Courtroom | 1.72 | |
Confinement cells | 1.10 | |
Judge chambers | 1.17 | |
Penitentiary audience seating | 0.43 | |
Penitentiary classroom | 1.34 | |
Penitentiary dining | 1.07 | |
Dormitory living quarters | 0.38 | |
Fire stations | ||
Engine rooms | 0.56 | |
Sleeping quarters | 0.25 | |
Gymnasium/fitness center | ||
Fitness area | 0.72 | |
Gymnasium audience/seating | 0.43 | |
Playing area | 1.20 | |
Health care clinic/hospital | ||
Corridors/transition | 0.89 | |
Emergency | 2.26 | |
Exam/treatment | 1.66 | |
Medical supplies | 1.27 | |
Nursery | 0.88 | |
Nurse station | 0.87 | |
Operating room | 1.89 | |
Patient room | 0.62 | |
Pharmacy | 1.14 | |
Physical therapy | 0.91 | |
Radiology/imaging | 1.32 | |
Recovery | 1.15 | |
Hotel | ||
Dining area | 0.82 | |
Guest rooms | 1.11 | |
Hotel lobby | 1.06 | |
Highway lodging dining | 0.88 | |
Highway lodging guest rooms | 0.75 | |
Library | ||
Card file and cataloguing | 0.72 | |
Reading area | 0.93 | |
Stacks | 1.71 | |
Manufacturing | ||
Corridors/transition | 0.41 | |
Detailed manufacturing | 1.29 | |
Equipment room | 0.95 | |
Extra high bay (> 50-foot floor-ceiling height) | 1.05 | |
High bay (25 - 50-foot floor-ceiling height) | 1.23 | |
Low bay (< 25-foot floor-ceiling height) | 1.19 | |
Museum | ||
General exhibition | 1.05 | |
Restoration | 1.02 | |
Parking garage - Garage areas | 0.19 | |
Post office | ||
Sorting area | 0.94 | |
Religious building | ||
Audience seating | 1.53 | |
Fellowship hall | 0.64 | |
Worship pulpit/choir | 1.53 | |
Retail | ||
Dressing/fitting area | 0.87 | |
Mall concourse | 1.10 | |
Sales area | 1.68a | |
Sports arena | ||
Audience seating | 0.43 | |
Court sports area - Class 4 | 0.72 | |
Court sports area - Class 3 | 1.20 | |
Court sports area - Class 2 | 1.92 | |
Court sports area - Class 1 | 3.01 | |
Ring sports area | 2.68 | |
Transportation | ||
Air/train/bus baggage area | 0.76 | |
Airport concourse | 0.36 | |
Audience seating | 0.54 | |
Terminal - Ticket counter | 1.08 | |
Warehouse | ||
Fine material storage | 0.95 | |
Medium/bulky material | 0.58 |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = 11 W/m2. | |
aWhere lighting equipment is specified to be installed to highlight specific merchandise in addition to lighting equipment specified for general lighting and is switched or dimmed on circuits different from the circuits for general lighting, the smaller of the actual wattage of the lighting equipment installed specifically for merchandise, or additional lighting power as determined below shall be added to the interior lighting power determined in accordance with this line item. |
Additional Interior Lighting Power Allowance | = | 500 watts + (Retail Area 1 × 0.6 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 2 × 0.6 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 3 × 1.4 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 4 × 2.5 W/ft2). |
Where: | ||
Retail Area 1 | = | The floor area for all products not listed in Retail Area 2, 3 or 4. |
Retail Area 2 | = | The floor area used for the sale of vehicles, sporting goods and small electronics. |
Retail Area 3 | = | The floor area used for the sale of furniture, clothing, cosmetics and artwork. |
Retail Area 4 | = | The floor area used for the sale of jewelry, crystal and china. |
EXCEPTION: | Other merchandise categories are permitted to be included in Retail Areas 2 through 4 above, provided that justification documenting the need for additional lighting power based on visual inspection, contrast, or other critical display is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. |
[]
C405.6 Exterior lighting (mandatory). Where the power for
exterior lighting is supplied through the energy service to
the building, all exterior lighting shall comply with Sections
C405.6.1 and C405.6.2.
EXCEPTION: | Where approved because of historical, safety, signage or emergency considerations. |
[]
C405.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting. All exterior
building grounds luminaires that operate at greater than 100
watts shall contain lamps having a minimum efficacy of 60
lumens per watt unless the luminaire is controlled by a motion
sensor or qualifies for one of the exceptions under Section
C405.6.2.
[]
C405.6.2 Exterior building lighting power. The total exterior
lighting power allowance for all exterior building
applications is the sum of the base site allowance plus the
individual allowances for areas that are to be illuminated and
are permitted in Table C405.6.2(2) for the applicable lighting
zone. Tradeoffs are allowed only among exterior lighting
applications listed in Table C405.6.2(2), Tradable Surfaces
section. The lighting zone for the building exterior is
determined from Table C405.6.2(1) unless otherwise specified
by the local jurisdiction. Exterior lighting for all
applications (except those included in the exceptions to
Section C405.6.2) shall comply with the requirements of
Section C405.6.1.
EXCEPTION: | Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt where equipped with a control device independent of the control of the nonexempt lighting: |
1. Specialized signal, directional and marker lighting associated with transportation; | |
2. Advertising signage or directional signage; | |
3. Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer; | |
4. Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production; | |
5. Athletic playing areas; | |
6. Temporary lighting; | |
7. Industrial production, material handling, transportation sites and associated storage areas; | |
8. Theme elements in theme/amusement parks; and | |
9. Used to highlight features of public monuments and registered historic landmark structures or buildings. |
[]
Exterior Lighting Zones
Lighting Zone | Description |
1 | Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural areas |
2 | Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and residential mixed use areas |
3 | All other areas |
4 | High-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas as designated by the local land use planning authority |
[]
Individual Lighting Power Allowances for Building Exteriors
Lighting Zones | |||||
Zone 1 | Zone 2 | Zone 3 | Zone 4 | ||
Base Site Allowance (Base allowance is usable in tradable or nontradable surfaces.) | 500 W | 600 W | 750 W | 1300 W | |
Tradable Surfaces | Uncovered Parking Areas | ||||
(Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas are tradable.) | Parking areas and drives | 0.04 W/ft2 | 0.06 W/ft2 | 0.10 W/ft2 | 0.13 W/ft2 |
Building Grounds | |||||
Walkways less than 10 feet wide | 0.7 W/linear foot | 0.7 W/linear foot | 0.8 W/linear foot | 1.0 W/linear foot | |
Walkways 10 feet wide or greater, plaza areas, special feature areas | 0.14 W/ft2 | 0.14 W/ft2 | 0.16 W/ft2 | 0.2 W/ft2 | |
Stairways | 0.75 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | |
Pedestrian tunnels | 0.15 W/ft2 | 0.15 W/ft2 | 0.2 W/ft2 | 0.3 W/ft2 | |
Building Entrances and Exits | |||||
Main entries | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 30 W/linear foot of door width | 30 W/linear foot of door width | |
Other doors | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | 20 W/linear foot of door width | |
Entry canopies | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.4 W/ft2 | 0.4 W/ft2 | |
Sales Canopies | |||||
Free standing and attached | 0.6 W/ft2 | 0.6 W/ft2 | 0.8 W/ft2 | 1.0 W/ft2 | |
Outdoor Sales | |||||
Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.25 W/ft2 | 0.5 W/ft2 | 0.7 W/ft2 | |
Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance | No Allowance | 10 W/linear foot | 10 W/linear foot | 30 W/linear foot | |
Nontradable Surfaces (Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table.) | Building facades | No allowance | 0.1 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 2.5 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length | 0.15 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 3.75 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length | 0.2 W/ft2 for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0 W/linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length |
Automated teller machines and night depositories | 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location | 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location | 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location | 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location | |
Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.75 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | |
Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | 0.5 W/ft2 of covered and uncovered area | |
Drive-up windows/doors | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | 400 W per drive-through | |
Parking near 24-hour retail entrances | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry | 800 W per main entry |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = W/0.0929 m2 |
[]
C405.7 Electrical energy consumption (mandatory). In
buildings having individual dwelling units, provisions shall
be made to determine the electrical energy consumed by each
tenant by separately metering individual dwelling units. A
utility tenant meter meets this requirement.
[]
C405.8 Electric motors. All permanently wired polyphase
motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system,
shall comply with Section C403.2.13.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. |
2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. |
[]
C405.9 Transformers. The minimum efficiency of a low voltage
dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I
Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in
Table 4-2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for
Distribution Transformers" published by the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP-1-2002).
[]
C405.10 Walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers. Walk-in coolers
and walk-in freezers shall comply with all of the following:
1. Lights shall use light sources with an efficacy of 40 lumens per watt or more, including ballast losses (if any). Light sources with an efficacy of less than 40 lumens per watt, including ballast losses (if any), may be used in conjunction with a timer or device that turns off the lights within 15 minutes of when the walk-in cooler or walk-in freezer is not occupied by people.
[]
C405.11 Refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated
warehouse freezers. Refrigerated warehouse coolers and
refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with all of the
following:
1. Lights shall use light sources with an efficacy of 40 lumens per watt or more, including ballast losses (if any). Light sources with an efficacy of less than 40 lumens per watt, including ballast losses (if any), may be used in conjunction with a timer or device that turns off the lights within 15 minutes of when the refrigerated warehouse cooler or refrigerated warehouse freezer is not occupied by people.
[]
C405.12 Escalators and moving walks.
C405.12.1 Variable speed escalators. Where variable speed
escalators and moving walks are permitted by the
administrative authority, all escalators and moving walks
shall reduce their operating speed to no more than 15 feet per
minute when no passengers have been detected for a period of
time not exceeding three times the amount of time required to
transfer a passenger between landings. Such escalators and
moving walks shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/ASME
A17.1 - 2010 for variable speed escalators and moving walks.
EXCEPTION: | A power factor controller that reduces operating voltage in response to light loading conditions may be provided in place of the variable speed function. |
[]
C405.13 Electrical power and lighting systems commissioning
and completion requirements. Electrical power and lighting
systems shall be commissioned and completed in accordance with
Section C408.
[]
[]
C406.1 Requirements. Buildings shall comply with at least one
of the following:
1. Efficient HVAC performance in accordance with Section C406.2. However, this option shall not be used if credit for higher efficiency HVAC performance has already been claimed to demonstrate compliance with other sections of this code including, but not limited to, Section C403.2.3 exception 2 and Section C403.4.1 economizers exceptions 3, 4, and 5.
2. Enhanced lighting controls in accordance with Section C406.3.
3. On-site supply of renewable energy in accordance with Section C406.4.
4. Efficient building envelope in accordance with Section C406.5.
Individual tenant spaces shall comply with either Section C406.2 or Section C406.3 unless documentation can be provided that demonstrates compliance with Section C406.4 for the entire building.
[]
C406.2 Efficient HVAC performance. Equipment shall meet the
minimum efficiency requirements of Tables C406.2(1) through
C406.2(7) in addition to the requirements in Section C403.
This section shall only be used where the equipment
efficiencies in Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(7) are greater
than the equipment efficiencies listed in Table C403.2.3(1)
through C403.2.3(7) for the equipment type. Where equipment
efficiencies in Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(7) are not
greater than Table C403.2.3(1) through C403.2(7), this section
can also be used if the equipment exceeds the latest federal
efficiency standards by 10 percent. The capacity of heating
and cooling equipment not listed in Table C403.2.3(1) through
C403.2.3(7) (e.g., electric resistance used in duct heaters
and reheat) shall be limited to not more that 5 percent of the
total building heating capacity and 5 percent of the total
cooling capacity.
EXCEPTION: | Energy using equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process other than for conditioning spaces or maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants. |
[]
Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Units, Electrically Operated, Efficiency Requirements
Minimum Efficiencya | ||||
Equipment Type | Size Category | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Climate Zones 1 - 5 | Climate Zones 6 - 8 |
Air conditioners, air cooled | < 65,000 Btu/h | Split system | 15.0 SEER 12.5 EER |
14.0 SEER 12.0 EER |
Single package | 15.0 SEER 12.0 EER |
14.0 SEER 11.6 EER |
||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Split system and single package |
12.0 EERb 12.54 IEERb |
11.5 EERb 12.0 IEERb |
|
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h |
Split system and single package |
10.8 EERb 11.3 IEERb |
10.5 EERb 11.0 IEERb |
|
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | _ | 10.2 EERb 10.7 IEERb |
9.7 EERb 10.2 IEERb |
|
Air conditioners, water and evaporatively cooled | _ | Split system and single package |
14.0 EER | 14.0 EER |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. | |
a IEERs are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation. | |
b Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and IPLVs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat. |
[]
Unitary and Applied Heat Pumps, Electrically Operated, Efficiency Requirements
Minimum Efficiencya | ||||
Equipment Type | Size Category | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Climate Zones 1 - 5 | Climate Zones 6 - 8 |
Air cooled (Cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h | Split system | 15.0 SEER 12.5 EER |
14.0 SEER 12.0 EER |
Single package | 15.0 SEER 12.0 EER |
14.0 SEER 11.6 EER |
||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h |
Split system and single package |
12.0 EERb 12.4 IEERb |
11.5 EERb 12.0 IEERb |
|
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Split system and single package |
12.0 EERb 12.4 IEERb |
10.5 EERb 10.5 IEERb |
|
Water sources (Cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | 85°F entering water | 14.0 EER | 14.0 EER |
Air cooled (Heating mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h (Cooling capacity) | Split system | 9.0 HSPF | 8.5 HSPF |
Single package | 8.5 HSPF | 8.0 HSPF | ||
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling capacity) |
47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.4 COP | 3.4 COP | |
17°F db/15°F wb outdoor air | 2.4 COP | 2.4 COP | ||
≥ 135,000 Btu/h
(Cooling capacity)
|
47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.2 COP | 3.2 COP | |
77°F db/15°F wb outdoor air | 2.1 COP | 2.1 COP | ||
Water sources (Heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (Cooling capacity) | 70°F entering water | 4.6 COP | 4.6 COP |
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32] /1.8, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. | |
db = dry-bulb temperature, °F; wb = wet-bulb temperature, °F. | |
a IEERs and part load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation. | |
bDeduct 0.2 from the required EERs and IPLVs for units with a heating section other than electric resistance heat. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-406023
Table C406.2(3) -- Reserved.
[]
Warm Air Furnaces and Combination Warm Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters, Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedure |
Warm air furnaces, gas fireda | < 225,000 Btu/h | -- | For Climate Zones 1 and 2 NR | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 or ANSI Z21.47 |
For Climate Zone 3 90 AFUE or 90 Etc | ||||
For Climate Zones 4 - 8 95 AFUE or 95 Etc | ||||
≥ 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacity | 90% Ecb | ANSI Z21.47 | |
Warm air furnaces, oil fireda | < 225,000 Btu/h | -- | For Climate Zones 1 and 2NR | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 or UL 727 |
For Climate Zones 3 - 8 85 AFUE or 85 Etc | ||||
≥ 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacity | 85% Etb | UL 727 | |
Warm air duct furnaces, gas fireda | All capacities | Maximum capacity | 90% Ec | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, gas fired | All capacities | Maximum capacity | 90% Ec | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, oil fired | All capacities | Maximum capacity | 90% Ec | UL 731 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
Et | = | Thermal efficiency. | ||
Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). |
a Efficient furnace fan: Fossil fuel furnaces in Climate Zones 3 to 8 shall have a furnace electricity ratio not greater than 2 percent and shall include a manufacturer's designation of the furnace electricity ratio. | |
b Units shall also include an IID (intermittent ignition device), have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. | |
c Where there are two ratings for units not covered by NAECA (3-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h [19 kW]), units shall be permitted to comply with either rating. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-406025
Table C406.2(5) -- Boiler efficiency
requirements.
Boiler, Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type | Fuel | Size Category | Test Procedure | Minimum Efficiency |
Steam | Gas | < 300,000 Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | 83% AFUE |
> 300,000 Btu/h and > 2.5 m Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | 81% Et | ||
>2.5 m Btu/h | 82% Ec | |||
Oil | < 300,000 Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | 85% AFUE | |
> 300,000 Btu/h and > 2.5 m Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | 83% Et | ||
> 2.5 m Btu/h | 84% Ec | |||
Hot water | Gas | < 300,000 Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | 95.5% AFUE |
> 300,000 Btu/h and > 2.5 m Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | 94% Et | ||
> 2.5 m Btu/h | 94% Ec | |||
Oil | < 300,000 Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 | 90% AFUE | |
> 300,000 Btu/h and > 2.5 m Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431 | 88% Et | ||
> 2.5 m Btu/h 8 | 87% Ec |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
Et | = | Thermal efficiency. | ||
Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). |
[]
Chillers -- Efficiency Requirements
Minimum Efficiencyc (I-P) | |||||||
Path A | Path Bc | ||||||
Equipment Type | Size Category | Units | Full Load | IPLV | Full Load | IPLV | Test Procedureb |
Air-cooled | < 150 tons | EER | 10.000 | 12.500 | NA | NA | AHRI 550/590f |
chillers with condenser, electrically operated | ≥ 150 tons | EER | 10.000 | 12.750 | NA | NA | |
Air-cooled without condenser, electrically operated | All capacities | EER | Condenser less units shall be rated with matched condensers | AHRI 550/590f | |||
Water-cooled, electrically operated, positive displacement (reciprocating) | All capacities | kW/ton | Reciprocating units required to comply with water-cooled positive displacement requirements | AHRI 550/590f | |||
< 75 tons | kW/ton | 0.780 | 0.600 | NA | NA | AHRI 550/590f | |
Water-cooled, electrically operated, positive displacement | ≥ 75 tons and < 150 tons |
kW/ton | 0.730 | 0.550 | NA | NA | |
≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons |
kW/ton | 0.610 | 0.510 | NA | NA | ||
≥ 300 tons | kW/ton | 0.600 | 0.490 | NA | NA | ||
< 150 tons | kW/ton | 0.610 | 0.620 | 0.630 | 0.400 | AHRI 550/590f | |
Water-cooled electrically operated, centrifugalc | ≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons |
kW/ton | 0.590 | 0.560 | 0.600 | 0.400 | |
≥ 300 tons and < 600 tons |
kW/ton | 0.570 | 0.510 | 0.580 | 0.400 | ||
≥ 600 tons | kW/ton | 0.550 | 0.510 | 0.550 | 0.400 | ||
Air-cooled absorption single effecte | All capacities | COP | 0.600 | NRf | NAe | NAe | AHRI 560 |
Water-cooled absorption single effecte | All capacities | COP | 0.700 | NRf | NAe | NAe | |
Absorption double effect indirect fired | All capacities | COP | 1.000 | 1.050 | NAe | NAe | |
Absorption double effect direct fired | All capacities | COP | 1.000 | 1.200 | NAe | NAe |
For SI: 1 ton = 3516 W. |
NA | = | Not applicable and cannot be used for compliance. | ||
NR | = | No minimum requirements. |
a Compliance with this standard can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or Path B. However both the full load and IPLV shall be met to fulfill the requirements of Path A and Path B. | |
bChapter 6 of the referenced standard contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. | |
cPath B is intended for applications with significant operating time at part load. All Path B machines shall be equipped with demand limiting capable controls. | |
dThe chiller equipment requirements do not apply for chillers used in low-temperature applications where the design leaving fluid temperature is greater than 36°F. | |
eOnly allowed to be used in heat recovery applications. | |
fPackages that are not designed for operation at ARI Standard 550/590 test conditions (and, thus, cannot be tested to meet the requirements of Table C-3) of 44°F leaving chilled-water temperature and 85°F entering condenser-water temperature with 3 gpm/ton condenser-water flow shall have maximum full-load kW/ton and NPLV ratings adjusted using the following equation: |
Adjusted maximum full load kW/ton rating | = | (full load kW/ton from Table C-3)/Kadj |
Adjusted maximum NPLV rating | = | (IPLV from Table C-3)/Kadj |
Where: | ||
Kadj | = | 6.174722 - 0.303668(X) + 0.00629466(X)2 - 0.000045780(X)3 |
X | = | DTstd + LIFT (°F) |
DTstd | = | [(24 + (full load kW/ton from Table C-3) × 6.83)]/flow (°F) |
Flow | = | condenser-water flow (gpm) /cooling full load capacity (tons) |
LIFT | = | CEWT - CLWT (°F) |
CEWT | = | full load entering condenser-water temperature (°F) |
CLWT | = | full load leaving chilled-water temperature (°F) |
The adjusted full load and NPLV values are only applicable over the following full-load design ranges: | |
Minimum leaving chilled-water temperature: 38°F | |
Maximum condenser entering water temperature: 102°F | |
Condenser-water flow: 1 to 6 gpm/ton | |
X &egr; 39°F and &dgr; 60°F |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40603
Section C406.3 -- Enhanced lighting
controls.
C406.3 Enhanced lighting controls. All interior lighting in
the building shall have the following enhanced lighting
controls.
1. All luminaires shall be capable of continuous dimming.
2. All luminaires shall be individually addressable. Where individual addressability is not available for the luminaire type of class, a controlled group of no more than 4 luminaries shall be allowed.
3. No more than 8 luminaires shall be controlled together in the primary daylight zone. No more than 8 luminaires shall be controlled together in the secondary daylight zone. Per C405.2.2 the primary daylight zone shall be controlled separately from the secondary daylight zone.
4. All fixtures will be controlled through a digital control system that includes at a minimum, the following function:
4.1. Control reconfiguration based on digital addressability
4.2. Load shedding
4.3. Individual user control of overhead general illumination in open offices
4.4. Measurement and verification as defined IES DG 29-11
4.5. Occupancy sensors shall be reconfigurable through the digital control system.
5. Plan review shall include submittal of a Sequence of Operations, specification outlining function of all of the above mentioned components of the system.
Commissioning shall comply with IES DG 29-11 and include verification of the sequence of operations.
[]
C406.4 On-site renewable energy. Total minimum ratings of
on-site renewable energy systems shall comply with one of the
following:
1. Provide an on-site renewable energy system with a capacity of not less than 1.75 Btu per square foot/h, or not less than 0.50 watts per square foot (5.4 W/m2) of conditioned floor area.
[]
C406.5 Efficient building envelope total UA. The total
proposed building thermal envelope UA shall be less than or
equal to 85 percent of the total target UA as calculated in
conformance with Section C402.1.3.
C406.5.1 Compliance. Compliance with this section shall be
documented as part of the permit documents, and shall compute
the area and U-value of each different type of building
envelope component in tabular form, showing the U x A for the
standard code-compliant case and the efficient building
envelope case side-by-side. The total building U x A shall be
calculated for each case.
[]
[]
C407.1 Scope. This section establishes criteria for
compliance using total building performance. All systems and
loads shall be included in determining the total building
performance including, but not limited to: Heating systems,
cooling systems, service water heating, fan systems, lighting
power, receptacle loads and process loads.
[]
C407.2 Mandatory requirements. Compliance with this section
requires that the criteria of Sections C402.4, C403.2, C404
and C405 be met.
The building permit application for projects utilizing this method shall include in one submittal all building and mechanical drawings and all information necessary to verify that the building envelope and mechanical design for the project corresponds with the annual energy analysis. If credit is proposed to be taken for lighting energy savings, then an electrical permit application shall also be submitted and approved prior to the issuance of the building permit. If credit is proposed to be taken for energy savings from other components, then the corresponding permit application (e.g., plumbing, boiler, etc.) shall also be submitted and approved prior to the building permit application. Otherwise, components of the project that would not be approved as part of a building permit application shall be modeled the same in both the proposed building and the standard reference design and shall comply with the requirements of this code.
[]
C407.3 Performance-based compliance. Compliance based on
total building performance requires that a proposed building
(proposed design) be shown to have an annual energy
consumption based on site energy expressed in Btu and Btu per
square foot of conditioned floor area that is less than or
equal to the annual energy consumption of the standard
reference design.
[]
C407.4 Documentation. Documentation verifying that the
methods and accuracy of compliance software tools conform to
the provisions of this section shall be provided to the code
official.
C407.4.1 Compliance report. Building permit submittals shall
include a report that documents that the proposed design has
annual energy consumption less than or equal to the annual
energy consumption of the standard reference design. The
compliance documentation shall include the following
information:
1. Address of the building;
2. An inspection checklist documenting the building component characteristics of the proposed design as listed in Table C407.5.1(1). The inspection checklist shall show the estimated annual energy consumption for both the standard reference design and the proposed design;
3. Name of individual completing the compliance report; and
4. Name and version of the compliance software tool.
C407.4.2 Additional documentation. The code official shall be
permitted to require the following documents:
1. Documentation of the building component characteristics of the standard reference design;
2. Thermal zoning diagrams consisting of floor plans showing the thermal zoning scheme for standard reference design and proposed design;
3. Input and output report(s) from the energy analysis simulation program containing the complete input and output files, as applicable. The output file shall include energy use totals and energy use by energy source and end-use served, total hours that space conditioning loads are not met and any errors or warning messages generated by the simulation tool as applicable;
4. An explanation of any error or warning messages appearing in the simulation tool output; and
5. A certification signed by the builder providing the building component characteristics of the proposed design as given in Table C407.5.1(1).
[]
C407.5 Calculation procedure. Except as specified by this
section, the standard reference design and proposed design
shall be configured and analyzed using identical methods and
techniques.
C407.5.1 Building specifications. The standard reference
design and proposed design shall be configured and analyzed as
specified by Table C407.5.1(1). Table C407.5.1(1) shall
include by reference all notes contained in Table C402.2.
C407.5.2 Thermal blocks. The standard reference design and
proposed design shall be analyzed using identical thermal
blocks as specified in Section C407.5.2.1, C407.5.2.2 or
C407.5.2.3.
C407.5.2.1 HVAC zones designed. Where HVAC zones are defined
on HVAC design drawings, each HVAC zone shall be modeled as a
separate thermal block.
EXCEPTION: | Different HVAC zones shall be allowed to be combined to create a single thermal block or identical thermal blocks to which multipliers are applied provided: |
1. The space use classification is the same throughout the thermal block. | |
2. All HVAC zones in the thermal block that are adjacent to glazed exterior walls face the same orientation or their orientations are within 45 degrees (0.79 rad) of each other. | |
3. All of the zones are served by the same HVAC system or by the same kind of HVAC system. |
1. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for interior and perimeter spaces. Interior spaces shall be those located more than 15 feet (4572 mm) from an exterior wall. Perimeter spaces shall be those located closer than 15 feet (4572 mm) from an exterior wall.
2. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces adjacent to glazed exterior walls: A separate zone shall be provided for each orientation, except orientations that differ by no more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) shall be permitted to be considered to be the same orientation. Each zone shall include floor area that is 15 feet (4572 mm) or less from a glazed perimeter wall, except that floor area within 15 feet (4572 mm) of glazed perimeter walls having more than one orientation shall be divided proportionately between zones.
3. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces having floors that are in contact with the ground or exposed to ambient conditions from zones that do not share these features.
4. Separate thermal blocks shall be assumed for spaces having exterior ceiling or roof assemblies from zones that do not share these features.
C407.5.2.3 Multifamily residential buildings. Residential
spaces shall be modeled using one thermal block per space
except that those facing the same orientations are permitted
to be combined into one thermal block. Corner units and units
with roof or floor loads shall only be combined with units
sharing these features.
[]
Specifications for the Standard Reference and Proposed Designs
Building Component Characteristics | Standard Reference Design | Proposed Design | |
Space use classification | Same as proposed | The space use classification shall be chosen in accordance with Table C405.5.2 for all areas of the building covered by this permit. Where the space use classification for a building is not known, the building shall be categorized as an office building. | |
Roofs | Type: Insulation entirely above deck | As proposed | |
Gross area: Same as proposed | As proposed | ||
U-factor: From Table C402.1.2 | As proposed | ||
Solar absorptance: 0.75 | As proposed | ||
Emittance: 0.90 | As proposed | ||
Walls, above-grade | Type: Mass wall if proposed wall is mass; otherwise steel-framed wall | As proposed | |
Gross area: Same as proposed | As proposed | ||
U-factor: From Table C402.1.2 | As proposed | ||
Solar absorptance: 0.75 | As proposed | ||
Emittance: 0.90 | As proposed | ||
Walls, below-grade | Type: Mass wall | As proposed | |
Gross area: Same as proposed | As proposed | ||
U-Factor: From Table C402.1.2 with insulation layer on interior side of walls | As proposed | ||
Floors, above-grade | Type: Joist/framed floor | As proposed | |
Gross area: Same as proposed | As proposed | ||
U-factor: From Table C402.1.2 | As proposed | ||
Floors, slab-on-grade | Type: Unheated | As proposed | |
F-factor: From Table C402.1.2 | As proposed | ||
Doors | Type: Swinging | As proposed | |
Area: Same as proposed | As proposed | ||
U-factor: From Table C402.2 | As proposed | ||
Vertical Fenestration | Area | As proposed | |
1. The proposed vertical fenestration area; where the proposed vertical fenestration area is less than 30 percent of above-grade wall area. | |||
2. 30 percent of above-grade wall area; where the proposed vertical fenestration area is 30 percent or more of the above-grade wall area. | |||
U-factor: From Table C402.3 for the same framing material as proposed | As proposed | ||
SHGC: From Table C402.3 except that for climates with no requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used | As proposed | ||
External shading and PF: None | As proposed | ||
Skylights | Area | As proposed | |
1. The proposed skylight area; where the proposed skylight area is less than 3 percent of gross area of roof assembly. | |||
2. 3 percent of gross area of roof assembly; where the proposed skylight area is 3 percent or more of gross area of roof assembly. | |||
U-factor: From Table C402.3 | As proposed | ||
SHGC: From Table C402.3 except that for climates with no requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used | As proposed | ||
Lighting, interior | The interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with Table C405.5.2. Where the occupancy of the building is not known, the lighting power density shall be 1.0 watt per square foot (10.73 W/m2) based on the categorization of buildings with unknown space classification as offices. | As proposed | |
Automatic lighting controls (e.g., programmable controls or automatic controls for daylight utilization) shall be modeled in the standard reference design as required by Section C405. | |||
Lighting, exterior | The lighting power shall be determined in accordance with Table C405.6.2(2). Areas and dimensions of tradable and nontradable surfaces shall be the same as proposed. | As proposed | |
Internal gains | Same as proposed | Receptacle, motor and process loads shall be modeled and estimated based on the space use classification. All end-use load components within and associated with the building shall be modeled to include, but not be limited to, the following: Exhaust fans, parking garage ventilation fans, exterior building lighting, swimming pool heaters and pumps, elevators, escalators, refrigeration equipment and cooking equipment. | |
Schedules | Same as proposed | Operating schedules shall include hourly profiles for daily operation and shall account for variations between weekdays, weekends, holidays and any seasonal operation. Schedules shall model the time-dependent variations in occupancy, illumination, receptacle loads, thermostat settings, mechanical ventilation, HVAC equipment availability, service hot water usage and any process loads. The schedules shall be typical of the proposed building type as determined by the designer and approved by the jurisdiction. | |
Mechanical ventilation | Same as proposed, except when modeling demand-control ventilation in the proposed design when its use is not required by Section C403.2.5.1 or occupancy sensor ventilation controls when their use is not required by Section C403.2.5.2. | As proposed, in accordance with Section C403.2.5. | |
Heating systems | Fuel type: Same as proposed design | As proposed | |
Equipment typea: From Tables C407.5.1(2) and C407.5.1(3) | As proposed | ||
Efficiency: From Tables C403.2.3(4) and C403.2.3(5) | As proposed | ||
Preheat coils: If the HVAC system in the proposed design has a preheat coil and a preheat coil can be modeled in the standard reference design, the standard reference design shall be modeled with a preheat coil controlled in the same manner as the proposed design. | |||
Capacityb: Sized proportionally to the capacities in the proposed design based on sizing runs, i.e., the ratio between the capacities used in the annual simulations and the capacities determined by the sizing runs shall be the same for both the proposed design and standard reference design, and shall be established such that no smaller number of unmet heating load hours and no larger heating capacity safety factors are provided than in the proposed design. | As proposed | ||
Weather conditions used in sizing runs to determine standard reference design equipment capacities may be based either on hourly historical weather files containing typical peak conditions or on design days developed using 99.6% heating design temperatures and 1% dry-bulb and 1% wet-bulb cooling design temperatures. | |||
Cooling systems | Fuel type: Same as proposed design | As proposed | |
Equipment typec: From Tables C407.5.1(2) and C407.5.1(3) | As proposed | ||
Efficiency: From Tables C403.2.3(1), C403.2.3(2) and C403.2.3(3) | As proposed | ||
Capacityb: Sized proportionally to the capacities in the proposed design based on sizing runs, i.e., the ratio between the capacities used in the annual simulations and the capacities determined by the sizing runs shall be the same for both the proposed design and standard reference design, and shall be established such that no smaller number of unmet cooling load hours and no larger cooling capacity safety factors are provided than in the proposed design. | As proposed | ||
Economizerd: Same as proposed, in accordance with Section C403.4.1. The high-limit shutoff shall be a dry-bulb switch with a setpoint as determined by Table C403.3.1.1.3(2). | As proposed | ||
Energy recovery | Standard reference design systems shall be modeled where required in Section C403.2.6. | As proposed | |
Fan systems | Airflow rate: System design supply airflow rates for the standard reference design shall be based on a supply-air-to-room-air temperature difference of 20°F or the required ventilation air or makeup air, whichever is greater. If return or relief fans are specified in the proposed design, the standard reference design shall also be modeled with fans serving the same functions and sized for the standard reference design system supply fan air quantity less the minimum outdoor air, or 90% of the supply fan air quantity, whichever is larger. | As proposed | |
Motor brake horsepower: System fan electrical
power for supply, return, exhaust, and relief
(excluding power to fan-powered VAV boxes)
shall be calculated using the following formulas: For systems 8 and 10, Pfan = CFMS × 0.3 For all other systems, Pfan = bhp × 746/Fan Motor Efficiency Where: Pfan = Electric power to fan motor (watts) bhp = Brake horsepower of standard reference design fan motor from Table C403.2.10.1(1) – Option 2 Fan motor = The efficiency from Table C403.2.13 for the efficiency next motor size greater than the bhp using the enclosed motor at 1800 rpm CFMS = The standard reference design system maximum design supply fan airflow rate in cfm |
As proposed | ||
On-site renewable energy | No on-site renewable energy shall be modeled in the standard reference design. | As proposed. On-site renewable energy sources energy shall not be considered to be consumed energy and shall not be included in the proposed building performance. | |
Shading from adjacent structures/terrain | Same as proposed. | For the standard reference design and the proposed building, shading by permanent structures and terrain shall be taken into account for computing energy consumption whether or not these features are located on the building site. A permanent fixture is one that is likely to remain for the life of the proposed design. | |
Service water heating | Fuel type: Same as proposed | As proposed | |
Efficiency: From Table C404.2 | As proposed | ||
Capacity: Same as proposed | |||
Same as proposed | Demand: Service hot-water
energy consumption shall be
calculated explicitly based upon
the volume of service hot water
required and the entering
makeup water and the leaving
service hot water temperatures.
Entering water temperatures
shall be estimated based upon
the location. Leaving
temperatures shall be based
upon the end-use requirements. Service water loads and usage shall be the same for both the standard reference design and the proposed design and shall be documented by the calculation procedures recommended by the manufacturer's specifications or generally accepted engineering methods. |
||
Where no service water hot water system exists or is specified in the proposed design, no service hot water heating shall be modeled. | As proposed |
aWhere no heating system exists or has been specified, the heating system shall be modeled as fossil fuel. The system characteristics shall be identical in both the standard reference design and proposed design. | |
bThe ratio between the capacities used in the annual simulations and the capacities determined by sizing runs shall be the same for both the standard reference design and proposed design. | |
cWhere no cooling system exists or no cooling system has been specified, the cooling system shall be modeled as an air-cooled single-zone system, one unit per thermal zone. The system characteristics shall be identical in both the standard reference design and proposed design. |
[]
HVAC Systems Map
Standard Reference Design HVC System Typec | ||||
Condenser Cooling Sourcea | Heating System Classificationb | Single-Zone Residential System |
Single-Zone Nonresidential System |
All Other |
Electric resistance | System 5 | System 5 | System 1 | |
Water/ground | Heat pump | System 6 | System 6 | System 6 |
Fossil fuel | System 7 | System 7 | System 2 | |
Electric resistance | System 8 | System 9 | System 3 | |
Air/none | Heat pump | System 8 | System 9 | System 3 |
Fossil fuel | System 10 | System 11 | System 4 |
aSelect "water/ground" if the proposed design system condenser is water or evaporatively cooled; select "air/none" if the condenser is air cooled. Closed-circuit dry coolers shall be considered air cooled. Systems utilizing district cooling shall be treated as if the condenser water type were "water." If no mechanical cooling is specified or the mechanical cooling system in the proposed design does not require heat rejection, the system shall be treated as if the condenser water type were "Air." For proposed designs with ground-source or groundwater-source heat pumps, the standard reference design HVAC system shall be water-source heat pump (System 6). | |
bSelect the path that corresponds to the proposed design heat source: Electric resistance, heat pump (including air source and water source), or fuel fired. Systems utilizing district heating (steam or hot water) and systems with no heating capability shall be treated as if the heating system type were "fossil fuel." For systems with mixed fuel heating sources, the system or systems that use the secondary heating source type (the one with the smallest total installed output capacity for the spaces served by the system) shall be modeled identically in the standard reference design and the primary heating source type shall be used to determine standard reference design HVAC system type. | |
cSelect the standard reference design HVAC system category: The system under "single-zone residential system" shall be selected if the HVAC system in the proposed design is a single-zone system and serves a residential space. The system under "single-zone nonresidential system" shall be selected if the HVAC system in the proposed design is a single-zone system and serves other than residential spaces. The system under "all other" shall be selected for all other cases. |
[]
Specifications for the Standard Reference Design HVAC System Descriptions
System No. | System Type | Fan Control | Cooling Type | Heating Type |
1 | Variable air volume with parallel fan-powered boxesa | VAVd | Chilled watere | Electric resistance |
2 | Variable air volume with reheatb | VAVd | Chilled watere | Hot water fossil fuel boilerf |
3 | Packaged variable air volume with parallel fan-powered boxesa | VAVd | Direct expansionc | Electric resistance |
4 | Packaged variable air volume with reheatb | VAVd | Direct expansionc | Hot water fossil fuel boilerf |
5 | Two-pipe fan coil | Constant volumei | Chilled watere | Electric resistance |
6 | Water-source heat pump | Constant volumei | Direct expansionc | Electric heat pump and boilerg |
7 | Four-pipe fan coil | Constant volumei | Chilled watere | Hot water fossil fuel boilerf |
8 | Packaged terminal heat pump | Constant volumei | Direct expansionc | Electric heat pumph |
9 | Packaged rooftop heat pump | Constant volumei | Direct expansionc | Electric heat pumph |
10 | Packaged terminal air conditioner | Constant volumei | Direct expansion | Hot water fossil fuel boilerf |
11 | Packaged rooftop air conditioner | Constant volumei | Direct expansion | Fossil fuel furnace |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 cfm/ft2 = 0.0004719, 1 Btu/h = 0.293/W, °C = [(°F) - 32/1.8]. | |
aVAV with parallel boxes: Fans in parallel VAV fan-powered boxes shall be sized for 50 percent of the peak design flow rate and shall be modeled with 0.35 W/cfm fan power. Minimum volume setpoints for fan-powered boxes shall be equal to the minimum rate for the space required for ventilation consistent with Section C403.4.5, Exception 5. Supply air temperature setpoint shall be constant at the design condition. | |
bVAV with reheat: Minimum volume setpoints for VAV reheat boxes shall be 0.4 cfm/ft2 of floor area. Supply air temperature shall be reset based on zone demand from the design temperature difference to a 10°F temperature difference under minimum load conditions. Design airflow rates shall be sized for the reset supply air temperature, i.e., a 10°F temperature difference. | |
cDirect expansion: The fuel type for the cooling system shall match that of the cooling system in the proposed design. | |
dVAV: When the proposed design system has a supply, return or relief fan motor horsepower (hp) requiring variable flow controls as required by Section C403.2.12, the corresponding fan in the VAV system of the standard reference design shall be modeled assuming a variable speed drive. For smaller fans, a forward-curved centrifugal fan with inlet vanes shall be modeled. If the proposed design's system has a direct digital control system at the zone level, static pressure setpoint reset based on zone requirements in accordance with Section C403.4.2 shall be modeled. | |
eChilled water: For systems using purchased chilled water, the chillers are not explicitly modeled. Otherwise, the standard reference design's chiller plant shall be modeled with chillers having the number as indicated in Table C407.5.1(4) as a function of standard reference building chiller plant load and type as indicated in Table C407.5.1(5) as a function of individual chiller load. Where chiller fuel source is mixed, the system in the standard reference design shall have chillers with the same fuel types and with capacities having the same proportional capacity as the proposed design's chillers for each fuel type. Chilled water supply temperature shall be modeled at 44°F design supply temperature and 56°F return temperature. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Chilled water supply water temperature shall be reset in accordance with Section C403.4.3.4. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no chilled water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 22 W/gpm (equal to a pump operating against a 75-foot head, 65-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). The chilled water system shall be modeled as primary-only variable flow with flow maintained at the design rate through each chiller using a bypass. Chilled water pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with variable-speed drives when required in Section C403.4.3.4. The heat rejection device shall be an axial fan cooling tower with variable speed fans if required in Section C403.4.4 or Section C403.2.12. Condenser water design supply temperature shall be 85°F or 10°F approach to design wet-bulb temperature, whichever is lower, with a design temperature rise of 10°F. The tower shall be controlled to maintain a 70°F leaving water temperature where weather permits, floating up to leaving water temperature at design conditions. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no condenser water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 19 W/gpm (equal to a pump operating against a 60-foot head, 60-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). Each chiller shall be modeled with separate condenser water and chilled water pumps interlocked to operate with the associated chiller. | |
fFossil fuel boiler: For systems using purchased hot water or steam, the boilers are not explicitly modeled. Otherwise, the boiler plant shall use the same fuel as the proposed design and shall be natural draft. The standard reference design boiler plant shall be modeled with a single boiler if the standard reference design plant load is 600,000 Btu/h and less and with two equally sized boilers for plant capacities exceeding 600,000 Btu/h. Boilers shall be staged as required by the load. Hot water supply temperature shall be modeled at 180°F design supply temperature and 130°F return temperature. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Hot water supply water temperature shall be reset in accordance with Section C403.4.3.4. Pump system power for each pumping system shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no hot water pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 19 W/gpm (equal to a pump operating against a 60-foot head, 60-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency). The hot water system shall be modeled as primary only with continuous variable flow. Hot water pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with variable speed drives when required by Section C403.4.3.4. | |
gElectric heat pump and boiler: Water-source heat pumps shall be connected to a common heat pump water loop controlled to maintain temperatures between 60°F and 90°F. Heat rejection from the loop shall be provided by an axial fan closed-circuit evaporative fluid cooler with variable speed fans if required in Section C403.4.2 or Section C403.2.12. Heat addition to the loop shall be provided by a boiler that uses the same fuel as the proposed design and shall be natural draft. If no boilers exist in the proposed design, the standard reference building boilers shall be fossil fuel. The standard reference design boiler plant shall be modeled with a single boiler if the standard reference design plant load is 600,000 Btu/h or less and with two equally sized boilers for plant capacities exceeding 600,000 Btu/h. Boilers shall be staged as required by the load. Piping losses shall not be modeled in either building model. Pump system power shall be the same as the proposed design; if the proposed design has no pumps, the standard reference design pump power shall be 22 W/gpm, which is equal to a pump operating against a 75-foot head, with a 65-percent combined impeller and motor efficiency. Loop flow shall be variable with flow shutoff at each heat pump when its compressor cycles off as required by Section C403.4.3.3. Loop pumps shall be modeled as riding the pump curve or with variable speed drives when required by Section C403.4.3.4. | |
hElectric heat pump: Electric air-source heat pumps shall be modeled with electric auxiliary heat. The system shall be controlled with a multistage space thermostat and an outdoor air thermostat wired to energize auxiliary heat only on the last thermostat stage and when outdoor air temperature is less than 40°F. | |
iConstant volume: Fans shall be controlled in the same manner as in the proposed design; i.e., fan operation whenever the space is occupied or fan operation cycled on calls for heating and cooling. If the fan is modeled as cycling and the fan energy is included in the energy efficiency rating of the equipment, fan energy shall not be modeled explicitly. |
[]
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-407054
Table C407.5.1(4) -- Number of chillers.
Number of Chillers
Total Chiller Plant Capacity | Number of Chillers |
≤ 300 tons | 1 |
> 300 tons, < 600 tons |
2, sized equally |
≥ 600 tons | 2 minimum, with chillers added so that no chiller is larger than 800 tons, all sized equally |
For SI: | 1 ton = 3517 W. |
[]
Water Chiller Types
Individual Chiller Plant Capacity | Electric-Chiller Type | Fossil Fuel Chiller Type |
≤ 100 tons | Reciprocating | Single-effect absorption, direct fired |
> 100 tons, < 300 tons |
Screw | Double-effect absorption, direct fired |
≥ 300 tons | Centrifugal | Double-effect absorption, direct fired |
For SI: | 1 ton = 3517 W. |
[]
C407.6 Calculation software tools. Calculation procedures
used to comply with this section shall be software tools
capable of calculating the annual energy consumption of all
building elements that differ between the standard reference
design and the proposed design and shall include the following
capabilities.
1. Building operation for a full calendar year (8,760 hours).
2. Climate data for a full calendar year (8,760 hours) and shall reflect approved coincident hourly data for temperature, solar radiation, humidity and wind speed for the building location.
3. Ten or more thermal zones.
4. Thermal mass effects.
5. Hourly variations in occupancy, illumination, receptacle loads, thermostat settings, mechanical ventilation, HVAC equipment availability, service hot water usage and any process loads.
6. Part-load performance curves for mechanical equipment.
7. Capacity and efficiency correction curves for mechanical heating and cooling equipment.
8. Printed code official inspection checklist listing each of the proposed design component characteristics from Table C407.5.1(1) determined by the analysis to provide compliance, along with their respective performance ratings (e.g., R-value, U-factor, SHGC, HSPF, AFUE, SEER, EF, etc.).
9. Air-side economizers with integrated control.
10. Standard reference design characteristics specified in Table C407.5.1(1).
C407.6.1 Specific approval. Performance analysis tools
meeting the applicable subsections of Section C407 and tested
according to ASHRAE Standard 140 shall be permitted to be
approved. Tools are permitted to be approved based on meeting
a specified threshold for a jurisdiction. The code official
shall be permitted to approve tools for a specified
application or limited scope.
C407.6.2 Input values. Where calculations require input
values not specified by Sections C402, C403, C404 and C405,
those input values shall be taken from an approved source.
C407.6.3 Exceptional calculation methods. When the simulation
program does not model a design, material, or device of the
proposed design, an Exceptional Calculation Method shall be
used if approved by the building official. If there are
multiple designs, materials, or devices that the simulation
program does not model, each shall be calculated separately
and Exceptional Savings determined for each. At no time shall
the total Exceptional Savings constitute more than half of the
difference between the baseline building performance and the
proposed building performance. All applications for approval
of an exceptional method shall include:
1. Step-by-step documentation of the Exceptional Calculation Method performed detailed enough to reproduce the results;
2. Copies of all spreadsheets used to perform the calculations;
3. A sensitivity analysis of energy consumption when each of the input parameters is varied from half to double the value assumed;
4. The calculations shall be performed on a time step basis consistent with the simulation program used;
5. The Performance Rating calculated with and without the Exceptional Calculation Method.
[]
[]
C408.1 General. This section covers the commissioning of the
building mechanical systems in Section C403 and electrical
power and lighting systems in Section C405. Prior to passing
the final mechanical and electrical inspections or obtaining a
certificate of occupancy, the registered design professional
or approved agency shall provide evidence of systems
commissioning and completion in accordance with the provisions
of this section.
Copies of all documentation shall be given to the owner and made available to the code official upon request in accordance with Sections C408.1.2 and C408.1.3.
C408.1.1 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan shall be
developed by a registered design professional or approved
agency and shall include the following items:
1. A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including the personnel intended to accomplish each of the activities.
2. Roles and responsibilities of the commissioning team.
3. A schedule of activities including systems testing and balancing, functional testing, and supporting documentation.
4. A listing of the specific equipment, appliances or systems to be tested and a description of the tests to be performed.
5. Functions to be tested.
6. Conditions under which the test will be performed.
7. Measurable criteria for performance.
C408.1.2 Preliminary commissioning report. A preliminary
report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be
completed and certified by the registered design professional
or approved agency and provided to the building owner. The
report shall be identified as "Preliminary Commissioning
Report" and shall identify:
1. Itemization of deficiencies found during testing required by this section that have not been corrected at the time of report preparation.
2. Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation because of climatic conditions, with anticipated date of completion.
3. Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests.
4. Record of progress and completion of operator training.
C408.1.2.1 Acceptance of report. Buildings, or portions
thereof, shall not pass the final mechanical and electrical
inspections or obtain a certificate of occupancy, until such
time as the code official has received a letter of transmittal
from the building owner acknowledging that the building owner
has received the Preliminary Commissioning Report. Completion
of the Commissioning Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.2.1)
is deemed to satisfy this requirement.
C408.1.2.2 Copy of report. The code official shall be
permitted to require that a copy of the Preliminary
Commissioning Report be made available for review by the code
official.
C408.1.3 Documentation requirements. The construction
documents shall specify that the documents described in this
section be provided to the building owner within 90 days of
the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy.
C408.1.3.1 Record documents. Construction documents shall be
updated to convey a record of the alterations to the original
design. Such updates shall include updated mechanical,
electrical and control drawings red-lined, or redrawn if
specified, that show all changes to size, type and locations
of components, equipment and assemblies.
C408.1.3.2 Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall
be provided and include all of the following:
1. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance.
2. Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified.
3. Name and address of at least one service agency.
4. Controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, record documents, and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field-determined setpoints shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, in system programming instructions.
5. A narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including recommended setpoints. Sequence of operation is not acceptable for this requirement.
C408.1.3.3 System balancing report. A written report
describing the activities and measurements completed in
accordance with Section C408.2.2.
C408.1.3.4 Final commissioning report. A report of test
procedures and results identified as "Final Commissioning
Report" shall be delivered to the building owner and shall
include:
1. Results of functional performance tests.
2. Disposition of deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed.
3. Functional performance test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability.
EXCEPTION: | Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. |
1. Review of systems documentation.
2. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures.
3. Training completion report.
[]
Commissioning Compliance Checklist
Project Name: | ||||
Project Information | Project Address: | |||
Commissioning Authority: | ||||
Commissioning Plan | Commissioning Plan was used during construction and included items below | |||
(Section 408.1.1) | • | A narrative description of activities and the personnel intended to accomplish each one | ||
• | Measurable criteria for performance | |||
• | Functions to be tested | |||
Systems Balancing | Systems Balancing has been completed | |||
(Section C408.2.2) | • | Air and Hydronic systems are proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses. | ||
• | Test ports are provided on each pump for measuring pressure across the pump. | |||
Functional Testing | HVAC Systems Equipment Testing has been completed (Section C408.2.3.1) | |||
(Section C408.2.3, C408.3.1,
C408.4.1, C408.4.1.3 and C408.5.1) |
HVAC equipment has been tested to demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems and system-to-system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved plans and specifications | |||
HVAC Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.2.3.2) | ||||
HVAC controls have been tested to ensure that control devices are calibrated, adjusted and operate properly. Sequences of operation have been functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications | ||||
Economizers Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.2.3.3) | ||||
Economizers operate in accordance with manufacturer's specifications | ||||
Lighting Controls Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.3.1) | ||||
Lighting controls have been tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications | ||||
Service Water Heating System Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.4.1) | ||||
Service water heating equipment has been tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications | ||||
Pool and Spa Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.4.1.3) | ||||
Pools and spas have been tested to ensure that service water heating equipment, time switches and heat recovery equipment are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications | ||||
Metering System Functional Testing has been completed (Section C408.5.1) | ||||
Energy source meters, energy end-use meters, the energy metering data acquisition system and required display are calibrated adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specification | ||||
Supporting Documents | Manuals, record documents and training have been completed or are scheduled | |||
(Section 408.1.3.2) | • | System documentation has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: | ||
• | Record documents have been submitted to owner or scheduled date: | |||
• | Training has been completed or scheduled date: | |||
Commissioning Report | Preliminary Commissioning Report submitted to Owner and includes items below | |||
(Section C408.1.2) | • | Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation | ||
• | Deferred tests, which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions | |||
Certification | I hereby certify that all requirements for Commissioning have been completed in accordance with Washington State Energy Codes, including all items above | |||
Building Owner or Owner's Representative | Date |
[]
C408.2 Mechanical systems commissioning and completion
requirements. Mechanical equipment and controls shall comply
with Section C408.2.
Construction document notes shall clearly indicate provisions for commissioning and completion requirements in accordance with this section and are permitted to refer to specifications for further requirements. Exception: Systems which (a) qualify as simple systems using the criteria in Section C403.3, (b) are not required to have an economizer per Section C403.3.1, and (c) where the building total mechanical equipment capacity is less than 480,000 Btu/h (140,690 W) cooling capacity and 600,000 Btu/h (175,860 W) heating capacity.
C408.2.1 Reserved.
C408.2.2 Systems adjusting and balancing. HVAC systems shall
be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering
standards. Air and water flow rates shall be measured and
adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the tolerances
provided in the product specifications. Test and balance
activities shall include air system and hydronic system
balancing.
C408.2.2.1 Air systems balancing. Each supply air outlet and
zone terminal device shall be equipped with means for air
balancing in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 6 of
the International Mechanical Code. Discharge dampers are
prohibited on constant volume fans and variable volume fans
with motors 10 hp (18.6 kW) and larger. Air systems shall be
balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then,
for fans with system power of greater than 1 hp (0.74 kW), fan
speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions.
EXCEPTION: | Fans with fan motors of 1 hp (0.74 kW) or less. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less. |
2. Where throttling results in no greater than five percent of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed. |
C408.2.3.1 Equipment. Equipment functional performance
testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of
components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing
relationships in accordance with approved plans and
specifications such that operation, function, and maintenance
serviceability for each of the commissioned systems is
confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of
operation, including under full-load, part-load and the
following emergency conditions:
1. All modes as described in the sequence of operation;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
C408.2.3.2 Controls. HVAC control systems shall be tested to
document that control devices, components, equipment, and
systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance
with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of
operation shall be functionally tested to document they
operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications.
C408.2.3.3 Economizers. Air economizers shall undergo a
functional test to determine that they operate in accordance
with manufacturer's specifications.
[]
C408.3 Lighting system functional testing. Controls for
automatic lighting systems shall comply with Section C408.3.1.
C408.3.1 Functional testing. Testing shall ensure that
control hardware and software are calibrated, adjusted,
programmed and in proper working condition in accordance with
the construction documents and manufacturer's installation
instructions. Written procedures which clearly describe the
individual systematic test procedures, the expected systems'
response or acceptance criteria for each procedure, the actual
response or findings, and any pertinent discussion shall be
followed. At a minimum, testing shall affirm operation during
normally occupied daylight conditions. The construction
documents shall state the party who will conduct the required
functional testing.
Where occupant sensors, time switches, programmable schedule controls, photosensors or daylighting controls are installed, the following procedures shall be performed:
1. Confirm that the placement, sensitivity and time-out adjustments for occupant sensors yield acceptable performance.
2. Confirm that the time switches and programmable schedule controls are programmed to turn the lights off.
3. Confirm that the placement and sensitivity adjustments for photosensor controls reduce electric light based on the amount of usable daylight in the space as specified.
[]
C408.4 Service water heating systems commissioning and
completion requirements. Service water heating equipment and
controls shall comply with Section C408.4. Construction
document notes shall clearly indicate provisions for
commissioning and completion requirements in accordance with
this section and are permitted to refer to specifications for
further requirements.
EXCEPTION: | The following systems are exempt from the commissioning requirements: |
1. Service water heating systems in buildings where the largest service water heating system capacity is less than 200,000 Btu/h (58,562 W) and where there are no pools or in-ground permanently installed spas. |
C408.4.1.1 Equipment. Equipment functional performance
testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of
components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing
relationships in accordance with approved plans and
specifications such that operation, function, and maintenance
serviceability for each of the commissioned systems is
confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of
operation, including under full-load, part-load and the
following emergency conditions:
1. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
2. Performance of alarms; and
3. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
C408.4.1.2 Controls. Service water heating controls shall be
tested to document that control devices, components,
equipment, and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in
accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences
of operation shall be functionally tested to document they
operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications.
C408.4.1.3 Pools and spas. Service water heating equipment,
time switches, and heat recovery equipment which serve pools
and in-ground permanently installed spas shall undergo a
functional test to determine that they operate in accordance
with manufacturer's specifications.
[]
C408.5 Metering system commissioning. Energy metering systems
required by Section C409 shall comply with Section C408.5 and
be included in the commissioning process required by Section
C408.1. Construction documents shall clearly indicate
provisions for commissioning in accordance with Section C408
and are permitted to refer to specifications for further
requirements.
C408.5.1 Functional testing. Functional testing shall be
conducted by following written procedures which clearly
describe the individual systematic test procedures, the
expected systems' response or acceptance criteria for each
procedure, the actual response or findings, and any pertinent
discussion. Functional testing shall document that energy
source meters, energy end-use meters, the energy metering data
acquisition system, and required energy consumption display
are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with
approved plans and specifications. At a minimum, testing
shall confirm that:
1. The metering system devices and components work properly under low and high load conditions.
2. The metered data is delivered in a format that is compatible with the data collection system.
3. The energy display is accessible to building operation and management personnel.
4. The energy display meets code requirements regarding views required in Section C409.4.3. The display shows energy data in identical units (e.g., kWh).
[]
[]
C409.1 General. Buildings with a gross conditioned floor area
over 20,000 square feet shall comply with Section C409.
Buildings shall be equipped to measure, monitor, record and
display energy consumption data for each energy source and end
use category per the provisions of this section, to enable
effective energy management.
EXCEPTION: | Tenant spaces within buildings if the following conditions are met: |
1. The tenant space has its own utility services and utility meters; and | |
2. The tenant space is less than 10,000 square feet gross conditioned floor area. |
C409.1.2 Conversion factor. Any threshold stated in kW shall
include the equivalent BTU/heating and cooling capacity of
installed equipment at a conversion factor of 3,412 Btu per kW
at 50 percent demand.
[]
C409.2 Energy source metering. Buildings shall have a meter
at each energy source. For each energy supply source listed
in Section C409.2.1 through C409.2.4, meters shall collect
data for the whole building or for each separately metered
portion of the building where permitted by the Exception to
Section C409.1.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Energy source metering is not required where end use metering for an energy source accounts for all usage of that energy type within a building, and the data acquisition system accurately totals the energy delivered to the building or separately metered portion of the building. |
2. Solid fuels such as coal, firewood or wood pellets that are delivered via mobile transportation do not require metering. |
C409.2.2 Gas and liquid fuel supply energy. This category
shall include all natural gas, fuel oil, propane and other gas
or liquid fuel energy supplied to the building and site.
C409.2.3 District energy. This category shall include all net
energy extracted from district steam systems, district chilled
water loops, district hot water systems, or other energy
sources serving multiple buildings.
C409.2.4 Site-generated renewable energy. This category shall
include all net energy generated from on-site solar, wind,
geothermal, tidal or other natural sources.
[]
C409.3 End-use metering. Meters shall be provided to collect
energy use data for each end-use category listed in Sections
C409.3.1 through C409.3.2. These meters shall collect data
for the whole building or for each separately metered portion
of the building where permitted by the Exception to Section
C409.1. Multiple meters may be used for any end-use category,
provided that the data acquisition system totals all of the
energy used by that category.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. HVAC and water heating equipment serving only an individual dwelling unit does not require end-use metering. |
2. Separate metering is not required for fire pumps, stairwell pressurization fans or other life safety systems that operate only during testing or emergency. | |
3. End use metering is not required for individual tenant spaces not exceeding 2,500 square feet in floor area when a dedicated source meter meeting the requirements of Section C409.4.1 is provided for the tenant space. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. All 120 volt equipment. |
2. 208/120 volt equipment in a building where the main service is 480/277 volt power. |
EXCEPTION: | Water heating energy use less than 50 kW does not require end-use metering. |
[]
C409.4 Measurement devices, data acquisition system and energy
display.
C409.4.1 Meters. Meters and other measurement devices
required by this section shall have local displays or be
configured to automatically communicate energy data to a data
acquisition system. Source meters may be any digital-type
meters. Current sensors or flow meters are allowed for end
use metering, provided that they have a tested accuracy
of +/- 2%. All required metering systems and equipment shall
provide at least hourly data that is fully integrated into the
data acquisition and display system per the requirements of
Section C409.
C409.4.2 Data acquisition system. The data acquisition system
shall store the data from the required meters and other
sensing devices for a minimum of 36 months. For each energy
supply and end use category required by C409.2 and C409.3, it
shall provide real-time energy consumption data and logged
data for any hour, day, month or year.
C409.4.3 Energy display. For each building subject to Section
C409.2 and C409.3, a permanent, readily accessible and visible
display shall be provided in the building accessible by
building operation and management personnel. The display
shall graphically provide the current energy consumption rate
for each whole building energy source, plus each end use
category, as well as the average and peak values for any day,
week or year.
C409.4.4 Commissioning. The entire system shall be
commissioned in accordance with Section C408.5. Deficiencies
found during testing shall be corrected and retested and the
commissioning report shall be updated to confirm that the
entire metering and data acquisition and display system is
fully functional.
[]
C409.5 Metering for existing buildings.
C409.5.1 Existing buildings that were constructed subject to
the requirements of this section. Where new or replacement
systems or equipment are installed in an existing building
that was constructed subject to the requirements of this
section, metering shall be provided for such new or
replacement systems or equipment so that their energy use is
included in the corresponding end-use category defined in
Section C409.2. This includes systems or equipment added in
conjunction with additions or alterations to existing
buildings.
C409.5.1.1 Small existing buildings. For existing buildings
smaller than 20,000 square feet that were subject to the
requirements of this section, where an addition increases the
total conditioned floor area by more than 50 percent of the
existing building area and causes the total building
conditioned floor area to exceed 20,000 square feet, metering
and data acquisition system shall be provided for the new
addition in accordance with the requirements of sections
C409.2 and C409.3.
[]
AAMA | American Architectural Manufacturers Association | ||
1827 Walden Office Square | |||
Suite 550 | |||
Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A C440 -- 11 |
North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.3 |
AHAM | Association of Home Application Manufacturers | ||
1111 19th Street, N.W., Suite 402 | |||
Washington, D.C. 20036 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
ANSI/AHAM RAC-1 -- 2008 | Room Air Conditioners | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(3) |
AHRI | Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute | ||
4100 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 200 | |||
Arlington, VA 22203 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | |||
13256-1 (2005) | Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(2) |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | |||
13256-2 (1998) | Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(2) |
210/240 -- 08 | Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-source Heat Pump Equipment | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(2) |
310/380 -- 04 | Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(3) |
340/360 -- 2007 | Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(2) |
365 -- 09 | Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning Condensing Units | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(1), Table C403.2.3(6) |
390 -- 03 | Performance Rating of Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(3) |
400 -- 01 | Liquid to Liquid Heat Exchangers with Addendum 2 | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(9) |
440 -- 08 | Room Fan Coil | . . . . . . . . | C403.2.8 |
460 -- 05 | Performance Rating Remote Mechanical Draft Air-cooled Refrigerant Condensers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(8) |
550/590 -- 03 | Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle -- with Addenda | . . . . . . . . | C403.2.3.1, Table C403.2.3(7), Table C406.2(6) |
560 -- 00 | Absorption Water Chilling and Water-heating Packages | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(7) |
1160 -- 08 | Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2 |
AMCA | Air Movement and Control Association International | ||
30 West University Drive | |||
Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1806 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
500D -- 10 | Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.5.1, C402.4.5.2 |
ANSI | American National Standards Institute | ||
25 West 43rd Street | |||
Fourth Floor | |||
New York, NY 10036 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 -- 04 | Gas Water Heaters, Volume III -- Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating Tank and Instantaneous | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2 |
Z21.47/CSA 2.3 -- 06 | Gas-fired Central Furnaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2(4) |
Z83.8/CSA 2.6 -- 09 | Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters and Gas-fired Duct Furnaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(4), Table C406.2(4) |
ASHRAE | American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. | ||
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. | |||
Atlanta, GA 30329-2305 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA | |||
Standard 127-2007 | Method of Testing for Rating Computer and Data Processing Room Unitary Air Conditioners | . . . . . . . . | C403.4.1 |
Standard 183 -- 2007 | Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings, Except Low-rise Residential Buildings | . . . . . . . . | C403.2.1 |
ASHRAE -- 2004 | ASHRAE HVAC Systems and Equipment Handbook -- 2004 | . . . . . . . . | C403.2.1 |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | |||
13256-1 (2005) | Water-source Heat Pumps -- Testing and Rating for Performance -- Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(2) |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | |||
13256-2 (1998) | Water-source Heat Pumps -- Testing and Rating for Performance -- Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.2.3(2) |
90.1 -- 2010E | Energy Standard for Buildings Except
Low-rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 -- 2010) |
. . . . . . . . | C401.2, C401.2.1, C402.1.1, Table C402.1.2, Table C402.2, Table C407.6.1 |
119 -- 88 (RA 2004) | Air Leakage Performance for Detached Single-family Residential Buildings | . . . . . . . . | Table C405.5.2(1) |
140 -- 2010 | Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs | . . . . . . . . | C407.6.1 |
146 -- 2006 | Testing and Rating Pool Heaters | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2 |
ASTM | ASTM International | ||
100 Barr Harbor Drive | |||
West Conshohocken, PA | |||
19428-2859 | |||
Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | |
C 90 -- 08 | Specification for Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2 |
C 1371 -- 04 | Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
C 1549 -- 04 | Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using A Portable Solar Reflectometer | . . . . . . . . | Table C405.2.1.1 |
D 1003 -- 07e1 | Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics | . . . . . . . . | C402.3.2.2 |
E 283 -- 04 | Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1, C402.4.1.2.2, Table C402.4.3, C402.4.4, C402.4.8 |
E 408 -- 71 (2002) | Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection-meter Techniques | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
E 779 -- 03 | Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.1.2.3 |
E 903 -- 96 | Standard Test Method Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres (Withdrawn 2005) | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
E 1677 -- 05 | Standard Specification for an Air-retarder (AR) Material or System for Low-rise Framed Building Walls | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.1.2.2 |
E 1918 -- 97 | Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal or Low-sloped Surfaces in the Field | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
E 1980 -- (2001) | Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-sloped Opaque Surfaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
E 2178 -- 03 | Standard Test Method for Air Permanence of Building Materials | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.1.2.1 |
E 2357 -- 05 | Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barriers Assemblies | . . . . . . . . | C404.1.2.2 |
CSA | Canadian Standards Association | ||